Home

Mercedes-Benz 2011 C300 Sport Sedan Automobile User Manual

1. Time date This submenu is only available on vehicles with Audio 20 To set the time and date on vehicles with COMAND see the separate operating instructions In the Time date submenu you can set the time and date gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v or A button to selectthe Time date submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Press the w or a button to select Time or Date The current time or date set is displayed gt Press OK to change the setting 21 This function is not available in vehicles with COMAND On board computer and displays _ On board computer and displays gt Press the lt or gt button to select the display you want to change hour minute day month year gt Press the v or a selected display gt Press the OK button to store the entry button to set the Lights Switching the daytime running lamps on off This function is not available in Canada If you have activated the Daytime Running Lights function and the light switch is in the A position the daytime running lamps are switched on automatically when the engine is running In the dark the following also light up e the low
2. A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device Multifunction display and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Oo AE Indicated temperatures just above the Wakes sccemreerreicera enon freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy cal especially in wooded areas or on bridges aal Adjusts the volume Changes in the outside temperature are XI displayed after a short delay Mute OR at ete segments Activates voice control see the The segments in the speedometer indicate separate operating instructions which speed range is available Cruise control mode 5 Press briefly Back Deactivates voice control Hides display messages The segments light up from the stored speed to the maximum speed 5 Press and hold Selects the standard display The on board computer is activated as soon as you turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the lt O ignition lock Calls up the menu and menu bar You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using 1 Displays and operation On board computer and displays A v Press briefly Selects the submenu or scrolls through lists In the Audio menu selects a stored station an audio track or a video scene In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a
3. gt Press the A or v button to select the entry e g 2 messages button to scroll through the display messages When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted E On board computer and displays Display messages On board computer and displays Safety systems Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual ESC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ESP Electronic Stability Program BAS Brake Assist hill start assist and trailer stabilization are not available due to a malfunction In addition the A and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ESP BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable In addition the A and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above
4. on the steering wheel Route guidance inactive Direct of Travel NE MERCEDES DRIVE 4 Trip Audio Tel D Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced Distance to destination Distance to next change of direction Current road Symbol for follow the road s course Change of direction announced without a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Symbol for change of direction When a change of direction has been announced you will see visual distance display 2 next to symbol for the change of direction This decreases in size as you approach the announced change of direction B On board computer and displays Pal Menus and submenus i On board computer and displays Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation Lane recommendations are only displayed if the relevant data is available on the digital map Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Lane recommendation Symbol for change of direction On multi lane roads lane recommendation may be shown for the next change of direction Lanes may be added during a change of direction f I 4900 Ft Lane recommendation display example Uninterrupted lane
5. 207 Temperature COO terre erecta ie Creer eer 162 Outside temperature eee 163 GLUING Ssesea26 lt ecvsesecsbereeretesssueanessaeeese 121 Theft deterrent locking system IMIMODIIZED 0 se cccessecncozereesscrcoreesecs dete 65 Time on board computer 171 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 271 Checking manually eeeeeeeeeees 269 Display message ceee 189 MAXIMUM resres eS knn aE 274 NOLES eerror ER REE 267 Pressure loss warning eesse 269 RECOMMENGEM sinureni 266 Tire pressure monitoring system FUNCTION NOLES 0s0c00300 00s0e0ve0ecees 271 Restarting sii cese lt ececsharaeescsesrwocescovees 273 Warning laMP eseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 202 Tires Aspect ratio definition 286 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 0 284 Bar definition acsseesceseteeeeaes 284 Characteristics eee eeeseeeeeeeees 284 CHECKING sscsccacesareiecssscsescsesctaxsteseesss 265 Cleaning newness 266 Definition of terms s ccceseeees 284 Direction of rotation ceee 278 Distribution of the vehicle occupants definition 00 287 DOT Tire Identification Number WIN e E 283 DOT Department of Transportation definition 284 Flat tite i cccssectivescepctisisveceecsteveesencees 247 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definition cossccccessececcoreeescticemcceenss 285 GTW Gross Trailer Weight
6. 135 Trip computer on board computer eee 166 Trip odometer Calling Up sisiisisiriiirisires 166 Resetting on board computer 167 Trunk Automatic Opening eseese 78 79 Trunk lid Opening CIOSING seee 78 Turn signal display message 184 Turn signals 00 0 0 eee eeeseeeeeeeneeeeees 104 TWR permissible trailer drawbar noseweight definition 286 Type plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking c ceeeees 77 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button 0 eee eeeeneeeeees 76 Vanity mirror SUM VISOM 4 205 ssscsssncteevtidecueiviestanaaees 215 Vehicle Data ACQUISITION seeen 21 Emergency unlocking eseesseeeee 77 Equipment issiron 17 ExteriOf Vie W vcrsedstevsceavesadeedesedccesseneces 24 Individual settings on board COMPUTET sirrane eaer 171 Loading csomori aeset ceases 274 LOWEN E o 252 Maintenances ccccsteitsrsesestasteasitesaess 18 Parking Up wccccesessereseciosececssessnceecnss 144 RAISING ie ccssesssscssstesacssisetasssaniedies cans 248 Reporting problems cesses 20 TOWING AWAY cessccctessccsdeassbeieesesscazess 258 TOW St rtiNg sniene 258 Transportin eers 260 Vehicle data see Technical data Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 293 Vehicle tool kit 245 Video DVD oeer 169 Video DVD on board computer 169 VIN aeien bane 293
7. button to save the setting Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic locking feature If you select the Automatic Door Lock function the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of around 9 mph 15 km h Further information on the automatic locking feature gt page 76 gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v jor a Vehicle submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe v jor a button to select the Automatic Door Lock function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to select the button to save the setting Activating deactivating the acoustic locking confirmation If you switch on the Acoustic Lock Feedback function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock or unlock the vehicle When unlocking the signal sounds once When locking it sounds three times gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe Vv jor a Vehicle submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe Vv jor a button to select the Acoustic Lock Feedback function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to select the button to
8. gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ESP BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable In addition the A and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The on board voltage may be insufficient for example The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Drive on carefully If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages SOS Tele Aid Inoperative Check Child Seat Pos See Operator s Manual A SRS Malfunction Service Required A Front Left SRS Malfunction Service Required or Front Right SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident If the display message is shown and the A warning lamp flashes at the same time ETS Electronic Traction System is deactivated The brakes on the drive wheels could otherwise overheat gt Let the brakes cool down until the displ
9. 005 127 On board computer and displays 161 Loading stowing and features 20 Maintenance and care 231 115 V socket ceeceseeeeeneeees 218 12 V socket 000 0 cece ceeeteeeeeneeeees 217 4ETS see ETS 4ETS 4MATIC permanent four wheel drive sises srie 156 ABS Anti lock Braking System Display MESSAZE ncccsser 181 FUNGUIOMS NOLES scicccceseseecesevesceseeseoss 62 Warning lamp eseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 197 Accident notes 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeee 245 Active light function display MESSIO oon ecscececesveccsestdevets sess snesseeoveese 186 Active service system see Service interval display Air bags Display message eee 179 Front air bag driver front PASSENBET neninn 37 Important safety notes ee 36 Knee Dag sieccccescsseineeseceecccecessessnes 38 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only Canada 46 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only USA 41 P IVIS Il DAS sseeccvzicevesetsceeeeisendeceeses 40 Safety guidelines sssri 35 Side impact air bag cscneccssecsciee 39 Window curtain air bag eee 41 Air conditioning system see Climate control Air dehumidification Activating deactivating with COON E aeeie e R 120 Air distribution SWINE s o a EARE 121 Airflow SOLEMN ae E E 122 Air nozzles See All VENtS 4 is5 cie5 doe ccceteeseseeeceesss 124 Air pressure see Tire pressure Air recirculation mode Activating deactiva
10. ceeeeeeeseeeeteeeeees 189 EN SURG oes ccaccdececeveasdestesusecaseesseteiseiest 186 KEYLESS GO iniiis 194 LAMPS isi a 186 Safety SySteMS sarsies 176 Service interval display 236 SIMANLK CY as cvehcvevedsrceestveseseeesvstevess 193 TIE Soet e cosas oeessvesstett 189 Vehicle sese eetere irradi 192 Distance recorder a 166 Door Automatic locking scsiiisseetnsine 76 Automatic locking on board COMPUTER sicsiisiiisiiearspiestacrreti taksis 173 Display message seene 192 Emergency locking sesser 77 Emergency unlocking seess 77 Opening from inside sses 76 Door control panel OVEIVIEW aneia erences 31 Doors Important safety notes ee 75 Drinking and driving 6 144 Drinks holder see Cup holder Drive program AULOM ATIC 0 s 5 sc ceevececdesceicectesecees 137 Drive program display 0 135 Driving abroad 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeees 149 Driving on flooded roads 147 Driving safety system EBD Electronic Brake force DISERIDULION sssccistessentteaitee steer ceese 65 ESP Electronic Stability Program menneen 63 ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SYSTEM ie r E S 63 Important safety information 61 Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System 62 BAS Brake Assist System 62 OVENVICW fice bsiccaedebase ris Eserin EEs 61 inte 7 Driving systems Cruise CONTON asirese istui enkes 1
11. Z Warning The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using seat covers or other seat coverings can cause a malfunction of the side impact air bags and or the pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Occupant safety ee When deployed the side impact air bags offer additional protection for the thorax of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs However they do not protect the e head e neck Safety e arms Side impact air bags Q deploy next to the outer seat cushion Side impact air bags Q are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e independently of seat belt use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the Emerge
12. ccsceececeeesneeees 213 214 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines 0 0 a 242 Route see Route guidance on board computer Route guidance on board COMPUTET irice urreseisctoriins isses 167 Safety Children in the vehicle Child restraint systems Occupant Classification System OCS Overview of occupant safety systems Safety systems see Driving safety systems Seat backrest rear Folding forwards back Seat belts Adjusting the height Belt force limiters center rear compartment seat Cleaning Correct usage Emergency Tensioning Devices Fastening Important safety guidelines Releasing Safety guidelines Special seat belt retractor Warning lamp Warning lamp function Seat heating Indicator lamp Malfunction Seats Adjusting electrically Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support Adjusting the head restraint Adjusting the lumbar support Cleaning the Cover ccsseeeeees Correct driver s seat position Important safety notes Storing settings memory function Switching seat heating on off Sensors cleaning instructions Service indicator see Service interval display Service interval display Displaying a service message on board computer Service menu on board computer Service products Brake fluidi inris 298 GaPaCitleScc isccciszachtaded cosanesteaticdaseds 295 Coolant engine n se 298 ENSING Olbiccsssctavscsasetessecesestesssagebesa s 297 FUG E E 296 Important safety no
13. if you press the switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing again Convenience opening You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this you can use the key to simultaneously e open the side windows e open the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and roller sunblinds The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the key The key must be near the handle of the driver s door gt Point the tip of the key at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the a button until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are in the desired position The vehicle is unlocked If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds are opened first gt Press and hold the a button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To interrupt the convenience opening procedure release the o button Convenience closing General information When you lock the vehicle you can simultaneously e close the side windows e close the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel you can then close the roller sunblinds A Warning
14. On board computer and displays ee Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H if the coolant temperature exceeds 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged Tires Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident USA only The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at The yellow combination east one of the tires low tire pressure warning lamp TPMS malfunction warning gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction lamp is lit A display gt Check the tire pressure If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 271 gt If necessary change a wheel gt page 280 0 The tire pressure monitor is faulty USA only gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction The yellow combination display low tire pressure gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop warning lamp TPMS malfunction warning lamp flashes for sixty seconds and then remains lit A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checke
15. Oo N EN Occupant safety Safety a ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet e Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash e Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries e Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing e Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time e Seat belts should not be worn twisted Ina crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible
16. Tire pressures that are too low have a negative effect on vehicle safety which could lead you to cause an accident Only correct tire pressures when the tires are cold The tires are cold when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when checking the pressure of warm tires and only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressure specifications for cold tires on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side The specifications given on the following Tire and Loading Information placard are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard of your vehicle ADING INFORMATION R LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Ri SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR
17. Warning and indicator lamps IBS asst ATE EENE E E E RET 197 Brake cessie Ea 195 Chek ENZine lt ccsececosncesensonscoss 200 GOON Bsissiciciti dk raS 201 ESPO nenea a 198 ESP OFF ccccccccssscsssssssssssscsssevees 199 Fuel tank sicssesscsccacicigeassssvsssciscceseanes 200 OVEIVIGW ccccceeseeseeessteeeeeeeceeeeeeees 27 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only Canada 46 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only USA 41 Reserve TUG ct cewheee octet eels harness 200 Seat Delt eriiic sritan 196 SRS preen eT 199 Tire pressure MONItOT eee 202 Warranty siic53 cect cesistessceecseh fossccesnecetens 292 Washer fluid reservoir Removing attaching eee 110 Wheel bolt tightening torque 252 Wheel Chock ees ceesseeseeeeeneeeeeee 248 Wheels Changing replacing s es 280 Changing a wheel eseese 247 GME CKING iiss dseet cacosncnes hence doveteveevess 265 CG AMINE ennenen 238 Guidelines to be observed 265 Mounting a wheel neeese 250 Removing a Wheel sses 250 Tightening torque eeeeseeseeeeees 252 Wheel size tire size ee ceeeeseeeeee 287 Window curtain air bag Display message creere 178 Operation sissies eee Gas 41 Windows see Side windows Windows cleaning instructions 239 Windshield DefrOSting o sccccccecspscecacispscsceseeeeses 122 Windshield washer fluid display message oror 193 Windshield washer system A
18. When closing the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel make sure that nobody can be injured during the closing procedure Proceed as follows in the event of a potentially dangerous situation e Release the button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold the g button To continue with the closing procedure after making sure that nobody can be injured during the closing procedure press and holdthe Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the locking button on the exterior door handle in order to interrupt the closing procedure button e Pull the same exterior door handle immediately and hold it firmly The side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel open for as long as the door handle is held without actually opening the door Using the SmartKey The key must be near the handle of the driver s door gt Point the tip of the key at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Press and hold the button again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close
19. x indicator lamp to determine whether or not the front passenger is positioned correctly Occupant safety a A oO q e N 4 Occupant safety Safety e A Warning If the 8 esse indicator lamp illuminates when an aah or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or herself in the seat until the 8 kso indicator lamp goes out In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighing as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the 3 eso indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front Passe NSE seat is classified as being empty the 3 seer indicator lamp will illuminate when whee engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat o
20. A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or trunk unless they are firmly secured in place b gt Children in the vehicle Er Safety E eal Children in the vehicle Safety Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident If an infant or child is traveling in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint system appropriate to the age and weight of the child gt Make sure that the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Child restraint systems Important safety notes A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 55 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained using the child restraint systems at all times while the vehicle is in motion The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should always be seated in an infant or child seat restraint system appropriate for the size and weight of the child They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions for the infant or child seat restraint system All infant and child seat restraint systems must comply with the US Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standar
21. gt Open the fuel filler flap gt Turn the fuel filler cap counter clockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder gt Pull emergency release Q bracket on the inside of filler flap The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off sez Pang Driving and parking Problems with the fuel and fuel tank Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of explosion or fire The fuel line or the fuel tank is defective gt Turn the key to position O gt page 129 in the ignition lock immediately and remove it gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap cannot be opened or The fuel filler flap is not unlocked The key batteries are discharged gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 71 gt Open the tailgate gt Manually unlock the fuel filler flap using the emergency release gt page 141 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jammed gt Manually unlock the fuel filler flap using the emergency release gt page 141 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Parking Important safety notes A Warning
22. installed the trailer brakes If the coolant temperature increases dramatically while the air conditioning system is switched on switch off the air conditioning system Coolant heat can additionally be dissipated by opening the windows and by setting the blower fan and the interior temperature to maximum e When overtaking pay particular attention to the extended length of your vehicle trailer combination Due to the length of your vehicle trailer combination you will have to travel an additional distance beyond the vehicle you are overtaking before returning to the previous lane Decoupling a trailer gt Make sure that the automatic transmission is set to position P gt Apply the vehicle s parking brake gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Apply the trailer s parking brake gt Detach the trailer cable and decouple the trailer gt Detach the trailer cable and decouple the trailer Permissible trailer load and drawbar noseweight Weight specifications The Gross Trailer Weight GTW is the combined weight of the trailer together with the cargo and equipment loaded on the trailer Permissible gross weight 3500 Ib 1588 kg The permissible Trailer drawbar Weight Rating TWR is the maximum weight permitted on the trailer drawbar 280 Ib 127 kg limit for Mercedes Benz approved trailer couplings Loading a trailer e When loading a trailer please note that neither the permissible gros
23. 100 kPa 1 bar 195 55 R16 A 169 5845017 215 45 R17 215 40 R18 Pneus chauffes jusqu Warm tires up to Neum ticos calientes hasta P40 00 2183 31 Tire pressure table with tire sizes example Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diameter instead of the complete tire size e g R18 The rim diameter is a component of the tire size and can be read from the tire sidewall gt page 281 240 km h 150 mph P40 00 2184 31 For vehicles towing a trailer the fully laden value on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap is valid for the rear axle Tire pressure too low or too high Underinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e wear excessively and or unevenly e adversely affect fuel economy e fail from being overheated e adversely affect handling Overinflated tires can A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires
24. Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occupants fuel luggage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle Definitions for tires and loading identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum weight of the laden vehicle The maximum weight is the sum of the unladen weight of the vehicle the weight of the accessories the maximum load and the weight of the optional equipment installed at the factory Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa is the equivalent of 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascal kPa is the equivalent of 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capacity more precisely Unladen weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coo
25. PI Lamp or Chk Right Lic Pl Lamp W Check Left Fog Lamp or Check Right Fog Lamp Chk Rear Lt Fog Lamp or Chk Rear Rt Fog Lamp Chk Front Lt Park g Lmp or Chk Front Rt Park g Lmp Check Left Revers Lmp or Check Right Revers Lamp W Gak Frome Lrt Sidemarker or Chk Front Rt Sidemarker Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand license plate lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand rear fog lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right standing lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand backup lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or right side marker lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107
26. To deactivate press the 44 button or gt Press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic air distribution and airflow are deactivated Setting the temperature Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To increase reduce turn controls and clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 119 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Setting the air distribution Dual zone automatic climate control the air distribution can be set individually for the driver s and front passenger sides W directs the airflow through the defroster vents directs the airflow through the center and side air vents w directs the airflow through the footwell air vents rz directs the airflow through the center and side air vents as well as the footwell air vents c oO oO S A Operating the control systems Climate control _ lt 9 z directs the airflow to the entire vehicle interior directs the airflow through the defroster center and side air vents 16 v4 directs the airflow through the footwell and defroster vents NS Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed th
27. all the components on the circuit and their functions will fail Z Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart An authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be happy to advise you if a fuse has blown visit a breakdown service or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or systems could be damaged Before changing a fuse gt Park the vehicle and apply the parking brake gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Remove the key from the ignition lock The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e fuse box on the driver s side of the dashboard fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand s
28. button goes out The cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Problems with the cooling with air dehumidification function If the indicator lamp in the ae button does not go out when switched off the cooling with air dehumidification function is switched off due to a malfunction You can no longer activate the cooling with air dehumidification function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Setting climate control to automatic A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the temperature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution Automatic mode will achieve optimal operation if cooling with air dehumidification is also activated If desired cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated 15 USA only Operating the control systems ren gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO gt
29. deactivated Pull one of the outer door handles and turn on the ignition to reactivate the KEYLESS GO function e If the KEYLESS GO key is not near the vehicle it is possible that the system may not recognize it In this case the vehicle cannot be locked or started with KEYLESS GO e If the KEYLESS GO key has been removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger leaves the vehicle with the KEYLESS GO key while someone is holding the Start Stop button or attempting to lock the vehicle with the outer door handle the message Key not detected appears in the multifunction display while the engine is running the red message Key not detected appears in the multifunction display as you pull away Find the KEYLESS GO key or change its current position immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or carry it in your shirt pocket e If you have started the engine using the Start Stop button you can turn if off again by pressing the Start Stop button again inserting the KEYLESS GO key in the ignition lock when the vehicle is stationary and the automatic transmission is in parking position P You may accidentally unlock the vehicle if the KEYLESS GO key is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outer door handle comes into contact with water or you are cleaning an outer door handle Note that the engine can be started by any vehicle occupant if a KEYLESS GO key is in the vehicle Option 1 there is
30. e Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seat whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see the Children in the vehicle section A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Canada only children
31. gt Close all doors Display messages ER Display messages Rear Lt Backrest Not Latched or Rear Rt Backrest Not Latched Power Steering Malfunction See Operator s Manual No Service Check Washer Fluid SmartKey Display messages Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle fi Take Your Key from Ignition Obtain a new key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of injury The backrest in the rear is not engaged on the left hand and or right hand side gt Push the backrest back until it engages A Risk of accident The power steering assistance is faulty You will need to use more force to steer A warning tone also sounds gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle is outside the network provider transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum gt Add washer fluid gt page 235 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey Th
32. gt To interrupt the convenience closing procedure release the button ive incows 3 Opening and closing wes Side windows Opening and closing Using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle but no more than 3 ft 1m away from a door gt Close all the doors gt Touch the sensor surface on door handle Q until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed Make sure you only touch sensor surface Q gt Make sure that all the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Touch sensor surface 1 on the door handle again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release sensor surface on the door handle Resetting the side windows You must reset all the side windows if the side window cannot be closed fully gt Close all the doors gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull on the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is completely closed gt page 82 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If the side window opens again slightly gt Pull the corresponding switch again immediately and hold it for approximately one second Problems with the side wi
33. may not feature all functions described this reason you should always observe the here This also refers to safety related interval for replacing the filter which is systems and functions specified in the Service Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be Overview of climate control systems shorter than stated in the Service Booklet Important safety notes A Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Dual zone automatic climate control controls the temperature and the humidity of the vehicle interior and filters out undesirable substances from the air Dual zone automatic climate control is only operational when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved when you drive with the side windows and panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel closed Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the convenience opening fea
34. open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind Important safety notes b0 wa a ge on 2 m Cruise control Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden or towing a trailer you must Indicated temperatures just above the select shift range 1 2 or 3 in good time By freezing point do not guarantee that the road doing so you will make use of the braking surface is free of ice The road may still be icy effect of the engine which relieves the load Z Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose especially in wooded areas or on bridges on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly A Warning Use cruise control only if road and traffic On slippery road surfaces never downshift in conditions make it appropriate to maintain a order to obtain braking action This could steady speed for a prolonged period You can result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle store any road speed above 20 mph control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent 30 km h this type of loss of control A Warning You should drive particularly carefully on The cruise control is a convenience system slippery road surfaces Avoid sudde
35. or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop On board computer and displays H Display messages O On board computer and displays Display messages Eog Check Rear Lt Sidemarker or Chk Rear Rt Sidemarker Eog Chk Lt Day Running Lite or Chk Rt Day Running Lite Eog Active Headlamps Inoperative Eog Malfunction See Operator s Manual Eog AUTO Lamps Inoperative O NA Switch Off Lights Engine Display messages Check Coolant Level See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left or right side marker lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand daytime running lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The exterior lighting is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sensor is faulty The low beam headlamps are switched on gt USA only switch off the daytime driving lights in the on board computer gt page 172 gt Switch the lights on and off using the light switch gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn
36. respectively Changing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 7 1 P80 35 2421 31 gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the SmartKey arrow until battery tray cover 1 opens Do not hold the cover closed while doing so P80 35 2352 31 gt Remove the cover of the battery tray gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive pole facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Insert the front tabs of the battery tray s cover first and then press to close it gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle Opening and closing SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Opening and closing Problem You cannot lock unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost a SmartKey You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from a distance of approximately 1 5 ft 50 cm and try to unlock or lock the vehicle again If this does not work gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 71 gt Check the key batter
37. speeds PARKTRONIC monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper Se Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example Range of the sensors The sensors must be free of dirt ice and slush otherwise they may not function correctly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 240 100 50 Olm 0 60 120 om 4 2 Of 0 24 48 in P54 65 3734 31 Side view a Driving systems 100 80 Diem oo 120 em 4w 2 of 0 24 asin P54 65 3735 31 Top view Front sensors Center Approx 40 in 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in 80 cm H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash a truck s compressed air brakes or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction Minimum distance If there is an obstacle within this range all warning displays light up and a warning tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warni
38. the belt tongue is not engaged in the seat belt buckle the pelvis air bag on the front passenger side will not deploy The pelvis air bag on the front passenger side will deploy if the front passenger seat belt is fastened regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 36 The window curtain air bags enhance the level of protection for the head but not chest or arms of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs The window curtain air bags are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deploy in the area extending from the front door A pillar to the rear door C pillar Window curtain air bags Q are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e independently of seat belt use e if the vehicle overturns and the system determines that window curtain air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e independently of the front air bags Window curtain air bags Q will not deploy in impacts with deceleration rates which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for vehicle deceleration or acceleration You will then be protected by the seat b
39. use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Depress the parking brake firmly for this purpose gt Pry out selector lever gaiter Q with a flat blunt object e g a screwdriver wrapped in H Do not use any sharp edged objects to remove the selector lever cover in the center console This can damage the selector lever cover Aaa Refueling LJ Driving and parking H To prevent ESP from intervening the ignition must be switched off SmartKey in position 0 or 1 if e the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with only one axle raised not permitted for vehicles with 4MATIC The brake system could otherwise be damaged Refueling Important safety notes A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging to your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gasoline to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Even small amounts of the wrong
40. vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function when the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving A Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle Such blows can be caused for example by running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred e turn on your hazard warning flashers e slow down carefully e drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest 4 Introduction authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle To ensure proper use of the vehicle you must familiarize yourself with the following information and rules e safety notes in this Operator s Manual e technical data in this Operator s Manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles ZA Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks Do not remove any
41. 17 Program selector button 137 Pulling away Automatic transmission s s s 131 7 Radio Changing stations on board COMPUTER cciscscesicesbsedsuredssnscteasezcaees 168 see separate operating instructions Range on board computer 166 Rear compartment Setting the airflow ccceceeseee 122 Setting the air vents eeeeeeee 125 Rear fog lamp display message Rear seat backrest Display message secere 193 Rear seat backrest display MESsSagE sn essescesesvcccvextvscess reniris 193 Rear view camera FUNCtION NOTES c0ceeeeeeeseeereee 154 Rear view camera cleaning INSEFUCTIONS oriire 240 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual nssr 97 Dipping automatic 0 eee eee 98 Rear window heating Malfunction snasineicureecauas 123 Switching on off nsec 123 Rear window Wiper oee 114 Replacing the wiper blade 115 Refueling coirce 140 Remote control Programming garage door OPENER eren a n seee eles ees 225 Reporting Malfunctions relevant to safety 21 Reserve fuel Display message ecer 189 Warning laMP iesitisitssisesosssessssstskst 200 Restraint systems see SRS Reversing lamp display message 185 Roadside Assistance breakdown 18 Roller blind see Roller sunblind Roller sunblind Opening CIOSING ceniris nui 87 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding PANE cicsisesessecsesvecsvecsestessceests 86 Roof carrier
42. 5695 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Remove the headlamp cover gt page 109 gt Left hand headlamp detach the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Pull out bulb holder Changing bulbs gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 gt Insert bulb holder gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Left hand headlamp fasten the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Install the headlamp cover gt page 109 Turn signal lamps side marker lamps P82 10 5693 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Remove the headlamp cover gt page 109 gt Left hand headlamp detach the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Turn bulb holder or 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt WY 5 W turn signals and side marker lamps pull the bulb out of bulb holder Q gt PY 21 W turn signals turn the bulb counter clockwise applying slight pressure and remove it from bulb holder gt WY 5 W turn signals and side marker lamps insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt PY 21 W insert the new bulb into bulb holder and turn it clockwise while applying slight pressure gt Insert bulb holder or and turn it clockwise Lights and windshield wipers 4 Lights and windshield
43. Approval 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can also consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the cooling system will not be sufficiently protected from corrosion and the boiling point will be too low If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized system is approximately 266 F 130 C Your vehicle has a range of aluminum components Use of aluminum components in the engine make it necessary to specifically match the antifreeze corrosion inhibitor in these systems in order to protect the aluminum parts Using other antifreeze corrosion inhibitors without these characteristics affects the service life The coolant must be used throughout the year in order to maintain the necessary corrosion protection and provide protection from overheating In the Service Booklet you can find information on the intervals for renewal The renewal interval is determined by the coolant type and the cooling system design The renewal interval in the Service Booklet is only valid if the coolant is added or renewed with Mercedes Benz approved products Therefore only use MB 326 0 antifreeze corrosion inhibitor or another Mercedes Benz approved product of the same specification Information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of
44. Further information about tires and wheels can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Directives to be observed e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e After mounting new tires run them in at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km as they only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not use tires until they are excessively worn as the tire traction on wet road surfaces decreases significantly when the tread depth is less than in 3 mm e Ifthe vehicle is heavily laden check the tire pressure and adjust it if necessary e When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Otherwise the tires particularly the sidewalls can get damaged Maintenance and care of wheels and tires Checking wheels and tires A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them e Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage e g cuts punctures tears bulges on tires and deformation or cracks
45. GAWR is stated on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 274 Further information can be found in the Loading the vehicle section gt page 274 The handling characteristics of a laden vehicle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Position heavy loads as far forwards as possible and as low down in the cargo compartment as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Hook in the cargo net when loading e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie down Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage compartments Important safety notes A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Stowage compartments Stowage compartments
46. M S R20 BA Alloy wheels 8 5 x 20H2 Offset 1 77 in 45 mm All weather tires 235 45 R20 100 H XL M S A oO oO Spare wheel Please note that the tire pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire pressure of the 5 other wheels The specified tire pressure is printed in yellow on the emergency spare wheel a 2 Collapsible emergency spare wheel Ee All models Ee R17 Alloy wheels 6Bx 17 H2 Offset 0 98 in 25 mm Tires 185 75 17 98 P Tire pressure 280 kPa 2 8 bar 41 psi 34 USA only 35 Not available as standard or optional equipment from the factory 36 Use of snow chains not permitted Vehicle equipment eee 292 Genuine Mercedes Benz parts 292 Warranty f2 cca E cece 292 Vehicle identification plates 293 Service products and capacities 294 Vehicle data ferrets seseeces 299 m Technical data e Technical data Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Genuine Mercedes Benz parts All Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addition strategically located parts delivery centers provide for quick and reliable
47. New lane during a change of direction Lane recommended for the change of direction Other status indicators of the navigation system e E you have reached the destination e New Route or Calculating Route a new route is being calculated Off Map orOff Mapped Road the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be calculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station SIRIUS XM satellite radio acts like a normal radio For more information on satellite radio operation see the separate operating instructions You can only change the waveband and store new stations using the audio system or COMAND gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select Radio see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu Waveband Station gt To select a stored channel briefly press button gt To select a channel from the channel list press and briefly hold the a or v button gt To select a station using the station search2 press and briefly hold the a or v button the a jor Vv 19 When station has been stored the memory position will also be displayed 20 Only if no station list is received Audio data from various audio devices or
48. Otherwise the rain light sensor could be activated triggering unintended wiper movements This can cause damage to the vehicle After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the windshield Washing by hand Carefully remove all deposits of road salt as soon as possible when driving in winter Also clean the insides of the wheels when washing the underbody of the vehicle gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft car sponge for cleaning gt Use a gentle cleaning agent e g a Mercedes Benz approved car shampoo gt Wash down the vehicle with a gentle water jet gt Do not point the water jet directly at the air inlets gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry it thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not allow the cleaning agent to dry on the paintwork Power washers A Warning Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles dirt grinders to clean your vehicle in particular the tires You could otherwise damage the tires and cause an accident H Keep the distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer at 11 8 in 30 cm Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your v
49. Speed rating Q M S33 up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S 3 upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S33 upto 130 mph 210 km h V M S83 upto 149 mph 240 km h Not all tires that have the M S identification offer the driving characteristics of winter tires Winter tires have in addition to the M S identification the A snow flake symbol on the tire sidewall Tires with this identification fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow and have been especially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The speed index of tires installed at the factory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed index as specified in the Tires section gt page 287 for your vehicle e g when buying new tires More information on reading the tire data can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index gt page 281 on the sidewall of the tire e If no specification is given no text as in the example above represents a standard load S
50. The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body A Warning Your seat belt must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The electrically adjustable seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Z Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rea
51. Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated b gt Fea Display messages O On board computer and displays Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check A Risk of accident Tire Pressure Soon The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Check the tires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 280 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary set to the correct tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 269 Check Tire Pressure A display message from the tire pressure loss warning system was Then Restart Run shown and the system has not been restarted since Flat Indicator gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 269 Run Flat Indicator The tire pressure loss warning system is faul
52. ZR 101Y XL 200 KPA 29 PSI 175 65 1898P 420 KPA 40 PSI P40 00 2131 31 gt The Tire and Loading Information placard gives you details on maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating Q The gross weight of occupants and luggage must never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds The gross weight of all vehicle occupants cargo luggage and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the specified value Number of seats The data in the illustration of the Tire and Loading Information placard is an example The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard TIRE ADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS OR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT RE SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADOMONAL INFORMATIONS 255 40 ZRS 99YXL 200 KPA 29 P51 285 35 ZR 101Y XL 200 KPA 29 PSI 15 5518 95P 420 KPA 60 PSI P40 00 2132 31 Maximum number of seats Q determines the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard Loading the vehicle ai Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Loading the vehicle Determining the maximum load The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor
53. a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center real Towing and tow starting L Roadside Assistance Towing and tow starting Important safety notes A Warning If you tow the vehicle you must use a rigid towing bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or the vehicle s electrical system With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems You will then need considerably more force to steer and to brake and the brake pedal travel will be longer If necessary depress the brake pedal with maximum force Before towing away make sure that the steering can be moved and is not locked If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight of your vehicle It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed H You may only tow the vehicle a maximum distance of 30 miles 50 km A towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded For towing distances over 30 miles 50 km the vehicle must loaded onto a transporter H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eye for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H Drive slowly and smoothly when towing Excessive
54. adjusting the steering wheel make sure e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instrument cluster clearly Observe the important safety notes on gt page 50 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt properly gt page 52 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mirror and the exterior mirrors gt page 97 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings gt page 100 Important safety notes A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before setting the vehicle in motion A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never travel in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck This could cause serious or fatal injuries
55. approaches g in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced b gt a Tires and wheels A Tire pressures E Tires and wheels Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not use tires until they are excessively worn as the tire traction on wet road surfaces decreases significantly when the tread depth is less than g in 3 mm Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned over the tire tread They are visible as soon as a tread depth of approximately 46 in 1 6 mm is reached If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced The recommended tread depth for summer tires is at least in 3 mm The recommended tread depth for winter tires is at least in 4 mm Bar marking for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Storing tires Store tires that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from contact with oil grease and fuel Cleaning tires A Warning Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles concentrated power jets to clean your vehicle especially for cleaning tires You could otherwise damage the tires and cause an accident Tire pressures _ Recommended tire pressures A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or uneven
56. be used in two different positions behind the B pillar or the C pillar Cargo net attached behind the C pillar eal Stowage areas gt Insert guide rod 2 into retainer Q inthe gt Pull belt adjuster 2 upwards in the direction of the arrow direction of the arrow to reduce the tension gt Slide guide rod forwards into on the tensioning strap retainer Q in the direction of the arrow gt Unhook belt hook from cargo tie down ring Tightening the cargo net Detaching and storing the cargo net gt Detach guide rod from bracket gt page 211 gt Press the red button on the upper and lower guide rods gt Fold the cargo net and roll it up gt Close the two Velcro fasteners on the cargo net holder P69 50 246981 Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats Coat hooks on the tailgate oading stowing and features gt Insert belt hook Q into cargo tie down A Warning 7 ring in the direction of the arrow The tailgate may close if too great a load is gt Pull tensioning strap 3 by the loose end in placed on the coat hooks the direction of the arrow until the cargo net is tight gt After driving a short distance check the tension of the cargo net and retighten it if necessary You and or others could be trapped and injured Only use the coat hooks for light clothing Releasing the cargo net Coat hooks Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats Stowage w
57. conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving _ On board computer and displays For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warn
58. corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times H Do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine iin i Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P Starting procedure with the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the ignition lock gt page 129 and release it as soon as the engine is running Using KEYLESS GO to start the engine A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle without inserting the SmartKey in the ignition lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle gt The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock To start the engine with the SmartKey instead of with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once
59. dangerous road location please there is sufficient GPS reception the mbrace do not wait for voice contact after you have system transmits data to the Response pressed the SOS button Carefully leave the Center for example vehicle and move to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an e vehicle model automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice e vehicle color contact with the vehicle occupants The audio system or COMAND display shows that an mbrace callis active You can switch to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND during the call Spoken commands are not available e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Representative and the vehicle occupants gt Describe the type of assistance needed The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Representative either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or organizes for FA Features Le Loading stowing and features your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual If the indicator lamp in MB info call button Q flashes continuously and it was not possible to establish a voice connection to the Respo
60. definition lt 5 cccccscecceseaesetevseeeenss 285 Guidelines to be observed 265 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GAS TIMIBION soisissa 285 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating definition n 285 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 284 Kilopascal kPa definition 285 Labeling overview esseere 280 Load bearing index definition 286 Load INdOX niissssissssoiisesirsrisssisa 283 Load index definition 285 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition eissien 285 Maximum load on a tire definition sesser ee 286 Maximum permissible tire pressure definition Maximum tire load isisisi Maximum tire load definition 285 Optional equipment weight definiti n ssisssiisisciinriirsrs 286 PSI pounds per square inch definition scriere ieie 286 REPlAGINgG ceninin 280 Service life eeeeceeseteeeeneeeeeeee 265 Sidewall definition eee 286 Speed index definition 285 SOMN E eee e E ERS 266 Structure and characteristics EFINITION ssisiescssisisiieisiisresn 284 Temp rature 2 555 corpsisrasenoisisesssstss 279 TIN Tire Identification Number GETIMITIONY sicir 286 Tire bead definition eee 286 Tire pressure definition 286 Tire pressures recommended 284 Tire SIZE data orses istess 287 Tire size designation load bearing capacity speed index ceeee 281 Tire tred
61. drive wheels from overheating gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ETS switches back on again as soon as the brakes have cooled down The display message disappears and the A warning lamp goes out A Risk of accident ESP and ESP trailer stabilization are deactivated ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to skid or if a wheel starts to spin gt Reactivate ESP Exceptions gt page 63 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ESP BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are not available due to a malfunction ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to skid or if a wheel starts to spin The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of injury The restraint systems are malfunctioning The air bags or ETDs may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident not be triggered at all gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational b
62. e in arduous conditions To use the braking effect of the engine on extremely steep downhill gradients and on long downhill stretches Restricting the shift range gt Press the selector lever to the left towards D The shift range is restricted In order to prevent the engine from overrevving the automatic transmission does not shift down when the engine speed is too high If the maximum engine speed for the shift range is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission shifts up in order to prevent the engine from overrevving even if the shift range is restricted 137 oo E iy a me c on 2 m al Automatic transmission Derestricting the shift range gt Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D The shift range is derestricted Clearing the shift range restriction gt Press and hold the selector lever towards D until D is shown once more in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts from the current shift range directly to D Selecting the ideal shift range gt Press the selector lever to the left towards D and hold it in position The automatic transmission shifts to the gear which allows ideal acceleration and deceleration To do this the automatic transmission shifts down one or more gears Le Driving and parking Automatic transmission Kee Problems with the transmission Problem Possible caus
63. e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e if the seat belt is fastened e independently of other air bags in the vehicle If the vehicle overturns the front air bags are generally not deployed unless the system detects high vehicle deceleration in a longitudinal direction Your vehicle has adaptive two stage front air bags In the event of a collision the air bag control unit evaluates the vehicle deceleration When the first deployment threshold is reached the front air bag is filled with enough propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed ifa second deployment threshold is exceeded within a few milliseconds Vehicles with OCS USA only front passenger front air bag deployment is also influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 41 Vehicles with OCS USA only the lighter the passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag In the second stage the front air bags Occupant safety are inflated with the maximum amount of propellant gas available In impact situations with deceleration or acceleration values lower than the vehicle deceleration or acceleration values preset in the system the front air bags are not de
64. exhaust tail pipe may be hot You could burn yourself if you touch the tail pipe Be particularly careful when removing the rear cover Towing and tow starting The mountings for the removable towing eyes gt Attach cover to the bumper and press are located in the bumpers They are at the until it engages front and at the rear behind the covers gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit Towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Only possible for vehicles without AMATIC When having your vehicle towed with the rear axle raised observe the important safety notes gt page 258 H The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could otherwise damage the brake system gt Switch on the hazard warning flashers gt page 105 gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove the SmartKey gt When leaving the vehicle take the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO key with you gt Roadside Assistance Towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground When having your vehicle towed observe the important safety notes gt page 258 Vehicles with the AMG Sports package A Warning gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards inthe With the engine not running there is no power direction of the arrow assistance for the brake and steering Rear bumper on vehicles with AMG Sports systems In this case it is important to kee
65. following service hotlines e USA Response Center under 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your PIN The next time you are in your vehicle and switch on the ignition the Tele Aid Doors locked by remote control message appears in the multifunction display The vehicle remote locking feature is available when the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services If your vehicle has been stolen gt Contact the police The police will issue an incident report This report has a number gt This number will be forwarded to the Response Center together with your PIN The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the mbrace system The Response Center contacts you and the local law enforcement authority if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement authority is informed of the location of the vehicle if the anti theft alarm system remains activated for longer than thirty seconds mbrace is automatically connected to the Customer Assistance Center Garage door opener Important safety notes Up to three different door and gate systems can be operated using the remote control integrated in the overhead control panel Certain garage door openers are not compatible with the integrated remote control If you experience difficulties with the programming of the integrated remote contr
66. for the vehicle It cause damage to the drive train or the is used to align the vehicle with the edge of brake system the road e g the curb H Function or performance tests may only be performed on a 2 axle dynamometer If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a Off road driving systems dynamometer please consult an 4MATIC permanent four wheel drive authorized Mercedes Benz Center beforehand You could otherwise damage A4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are the drive train or the brake system permanently driven Together with ESP and ETS it improves the traction of your vehicle whenever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip Towing a trailer Information on Off road driving see Warning A p A E PERR pe Notes on towing a trailer If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction Important safety instructions e While driving off apply as little throttle as A Warning Saas s Failure to use proper equipment and driving COINS crva case up an ne accelerator technique can result in a loss of vehicle pedal control when towing a trailer e Adapt your speed and driving style to the ee fas Improper towing or failure to follow the prevailing road conditions instructions in this manual can result in Failure to observe these guidelines could vehicle damage and or serious personal cause the vehicle to skid injury Follow the guidelines below carefully The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents to a
67. front passenger front air bags and driver s knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags window curtain air bags and pelvis air bags e rollover window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities When the air bags are deployed a small amount of powder is released The powder generally does not constitute a health hazard and does not indicate that there is a fire in the vehicle In order to prevent potential breathing difficulties you should leave the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates eal Occupant safety then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injuries during front air bag inflation the driver and front passenger must always be seated correctly and have their seat belts fastened accordingly For maximum protection in the event of a collision you must always be in the normal seat position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure that it is correctly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seri
68. fuel result in damage to the fuel system and engine H Do not switch on the ignition if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel lines Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely Gasoline Fuel grade H You should only refuel with unleaded premium grade gasoline as this avoids damaging the catalytic converter If engine running problems are apparent have the cause checked immediately and repaired Excess unburned fuel can otherwise enter the catalytic converter leading to overheating and possibly causing a fire Only refuel with unleaded premium grade gasoline with a specified minimum octane number of 91 average value of 96 RON 86 MON Usually you will find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the gasoline pump ask the gas station staff You can find further information under Fuel gt page 296 by consulting an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visiting http www mbusa com USA only Refueling Fuel filler flap The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked automatically when you open or close the vehicle with the SmartKey or using KEYLESS GO The position of the fuel filler flap is to the rear on the right The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed in the instrument cluster fy The arrow next to the gas pump indicates the side of the vehicle
69. gt page 129 The engine starts Pulling away Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift AUTOTRONIC out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Itis only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then is the selector lever lock released oo E iy a To c on 2 p m gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position D or R gt Wait until the gear change is completed before pulling away gt Release the parking brake gt page 143 gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal H If a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the instrument cluster the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic locking feature gt page 173 Upshifts take place at higher engi
70. in a collision the child could be struck by the air bag This could lead to serious or fatal injury A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only way to completely rule out this risk is by making sure you never place a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat For this reason we strongly advise that you always carry children in a rearward facing child restraint system on a rear seat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 3 s or indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the Za les indicator lamp does not light up or goes out when the child restraint system is installed check the anchorages of the restraint system Check the 3 iiisicor indicator lamp regularly while driving to ensure that the 3 eso indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 indicator lamp goes out or remains out you may only carry a child on the front passenger seat once the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be ser
71. name or telephone number A v Press and hold In the Audio menu selects the previous next station or selects an audio track or a video scene using rapid scrolling In the Tel telephone menu starts rapid scrolling through the phone book OK Confirms selections and hides display messages In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and starts dialing Multifunction display To activate the multifunction display e switch on the ignition e switch on the lights e open the driver s door Values and settings as well as display messages are shown in the multifunction display Description field Menu bar gt To show menu bar 2 press the or gt button on the steering wheel Menus and submenus ree Menus and submenus Menu overview The number of menus shown depends on the optional equipment in the vehicle P54 32 8187 31 Function Trip menu gt page 166 Navi menu navigation details gt page 167 Audio menu gt page 168 Tel menu telephone gt page 169 O Serv menu gt page 170 e call up display messages gt page 175 e tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 269 e tire pressure monitor USA only gt page 27 1 e ASSYST PLUS service interval display gt page 237 Settings gt page 171 menu The Audio and Tel menus differ slightly in vehicles with an audi
72. no longer supported gt Engage Top Tether hook of Top Tether properly or held in position and can no longer belt into Top Tether anchorage fulfill its function This could cause serious or even fatal injuries Pa Children in the vehicle Safety e Make sure that Top Tether hook 4 is engaged in Top Tether anchorage 3 as illustrated Top Tether belt is not twisted e Top Tether belt is routed between rear seat backrest and cargo compartment cover 2 if cargo compartment cover 2 is installed e Top Tether belt is routed between the rear seat backrest and the cargo net if the cargo net is installed gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt If necessary push head restraint C back down slightly gt page 93 Make sure that the routing of Top Tether belt is not impaired Child proof locks Child proof locks for the rear doors A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 55 A Warning Children could open a rear door from inside the vehicle This could result in serious injuries or an accident Therefore when children ride in the rear always secure the rear doors with the child proof locks You can secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened fr
73. open the driver s door and KEYLESS GO is in position 1 e open the driver s door and the key is in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached the upper end stop The steering wheel is moved to the last selected position when e the driver s door is closed and e you insert the key into the ignition lock or e in vehicles with KEYLESS GO you press the Start Stop button once When you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on the steering wheel is also automatically moved to the previously gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare set position switch Q forwards or back The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you store the setting with the memory Exterior mirrors function gt page 100 You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature in the on board A Warning computer gt page 173 Adjusting the exterior mirrors Exercise care when using the passenger side A Warning exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface Let the system complete the adjustment is convex outwardly curved surface for a procedure before setting the vehicle in wider field of view Objects in mirror are motion All steering wheel adjustment must closer than they appear Check your interior be completed before setting the vehicle in rear view mirror and glance over your motion Driving off with the steering w
74. or severe corrosion on wheels at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Maintenance and care of wheels and tires ne Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure e Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 265 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not install anything on the valve such as tire pressure monitoring systems other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Regularly check the pressure of all the tires including the emergency spare wheel or the spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as necessary gt page 266 Service life of tires The service life of tires depends on the following factors amongst other things e driving style e tire pressure e mileage Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel spare wheel Tire tread A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the tread wear indicators TWI become visible at approximately 44 in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth
75. page 36 A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using seat covers or other seat coverings can cause a malfunction of the side impact air bags and or the pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Pelvis air bag deployment enhances the level of protection of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs Pelvis air bags Q deploy next to and below the outer seat cushions They are deployed e on the side on which an impact occurs e at the start of an accident with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e g in a side impact e independently of seat belt use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the Emergency Tensioning Devices The pelvis air bags are generally not deployed if the vehicle overturns unless the system detects high vehicle deceleration or acceleration in a lateral direction and determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Pelvis air bags will not deploy in side impacts with deceleration rates which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for vehicle deceleration or acceleration You will then be protected by the seat belt Vehicles with OCS USA only if the OCS detects that the front passenger seat is not occupied and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened
76. parts service More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Every part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used H The use of non approved parts could impair the vehicle s safety For this reason Mercedes Benz recommends genuine Mercedes Benz parts and approved conversion parts and accessories for your vehicle model Q Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts Always specify the vehicle identification number and engine number when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts You will find se waranty these numbers on your vehicle s identification plates for example gt page 293 Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Penn
77. remote control After a short time indicator lamp Q will start flashing It flashes about once per second Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time that the transmitter button is programmed If this transmitter button has already been programmed indicator lamp will only start flashing at a rate of once per second after 20 seconds have elapsed gt Keep the transmitter button depressed gt Point transmitter button of garage door remote control G towards the transmitter buttons on the rear view mirror from a distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 20 cm The distance between garage door remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the system of the garage door drive You might require Features eee Loading stowing and features Loading stowing and features several attempts You should test every position for at least 20 seconds before trying another position gt Keep transmitter button on garage door remote control pressed until indicator lamp starts to flash rapidly The programming has been successful if indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly gt Release transmitter buttons 2 or on the integrated remote control or transmitter button on the garage door remote control If indicator lamp Q goes out after approximately 20 seconds and has not flashed rapidly gt Release transmitter buttons 2 or on the integrated remote control or trans
78. select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the GQ button Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt Pressthe a or Vv button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK button to start dialing Maintenance menu O messages Tire Pressure ASSYST PLUS In the Service menu you can e call up display messages gt page 175 e restart the tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 269 e check the tire pressure electronically USA only gt page 271 e call up the service due date gt page 237 Settings menu Introduction Instr Cluster Time date Lights Vehicl Inthe Settings menu you have the following options e Changing the instrument cluster settings e Changing the time date settings e Changing the lighting settings e Changing the vehicle settings e Changing the convenience settings e Restoring the factory settings Instrument cluster Selecting the unit of measurement for distance The Display Unit Sp
79. skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless b gt Safety Ea Driving safety systems Safety e or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driving safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible ABS Anti lock Braking System Important safety notes A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 61 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehicle when braking ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h upwards regardless of road surface conditions ABS works on
80. slippery surfaces even when you only brake gently The warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Braking If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal with force until the braking situation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force A Warning Ifthe ABS malfunctions other driving systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing the steering capability and extending the braking distance The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving BAS Brake Assist A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 61 BAS operates in emergency braking situations If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated A
81. start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery a little Jumper cables and further information about jump starting can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch gt Apply the parking brake firmly 31 Only vehicles with a gasoline engine 32 Only vehicles with a gasoline engine Jump starting gt Move the selector lever to P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g radio blower etc gt Open the hood gt page 232 Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device H Never swap the terminal connections Z Roadside Assistance gt Slide cover Q of positive terminal in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable beginning with your own battery gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to earth point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to donor battery first gt Start the engine gt First remove the jumper cable from earth point and negative terminal then from positive terminal 2 and positive terminal 3 each time disconnecting from the battery on your own vehicle first gt Have the battery checked at
82. steering wheel or the corresponding button for ending a telephone call on the audio system or on COMAND When an mbrace call has been initiated the audio system or COMAND is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND If you must use your mobile phone we recommend that you do this only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Destination Download gives you access to a database with over 10 million points of interest POIs which can be downloaded to the navigation system of your vehicle If you know the destination you can download the address or obtain the location of points of interest POIs or important destinations in the surrounding area You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the entered address The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance with the address entered 30 USA only If you select No the address can be stored in the address book The Destination Download function is available if the corresponding cellular phone network is available and data transfer is possible Search amp Send Search amp Send is a destination entry service You can find further information on Search amp Send in the separate COMAND operating instructions Vehicle remote opening If you have unintentionally locked your vehicle e g the SmartKey is inside the vehicle and a replacement key is not av
83. steps again using the remote indicator lamp flashes rapidly control Before performing these steps The memory is cleared make sure that new batteries have been installed in the garage door remote control e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal reception transmission Compass gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold transmitter buttons and for approximately 20 seconds until You should clear the remote control memory before selling the vehicle Opening or closing the garage door Once programmed the integrated remote control will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press transmitter button 2 or in the P68 00 6411 31 overhead control panel that you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with fixed code indicator lamp Q lights up continuously T Loading stowing and features To obtain correct direction display in rear view mirror Q the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic field zone set gt To call up the compass briefly press button The compass indicates the direction in which the vehicle is currently driving N NE E SE S SW W or NW gt To calibrate the compass determine your position using the followin
84. tail pipes with alkaline based cleaning agents such as wheel cleaner gt Clean the exhaust tail pipes with a chrome care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Interior care Cleaning the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commercially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry microfiber cloth H For cleaning do not use any of the following e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household cleaning agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irreparable damage to the display Cleaning the plastic trim A Warning When cleaning the steering wheel boss and dashboard do not use cockpit sprays or cleaning agents containing solvents Cleaning agents containing solvents cause the surface to become porous and as a result plastic parts may break away and be thrown around the interior when an air bag is deployed which may result in severe injuries H Do not affix the following to plastic surfaces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quali
85. the airbag control unit detects the need for deployment Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In the event of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags offer supplemental protection but are not a substitute for seat belts All vehicle occupants must fasten their seat belts regardless of whether your vehicle is equipped with airbags or not It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash A oO q N Front air bags A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 36 The front air bags increase protection for the driver s and front passenger s head and chest Driver s air bag deploys in front of the steering wheel front passenger air bag deploys in front of and above the glove box They are deployed
86. the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Damaged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Belt warning for driver and front passenger Regardless of whether the driver s and front passenger seat belts have already been fastened the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started It then goes out once the driver and the front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound The warning tone goes out after approximately six seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after six seconds the driver or front passenger have not fastened their seat belts and the doors are closed e the amp seat belt warning lamp remains illuminated as long as either the driver s or front passenger seat belt is not fastened e if the vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up Additionally a warning tone will sound with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger seat belt are fastened If the driver front passenger unfasten their seat belt while the vehicle is in motion the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up and a warning tone sounds again The warning to
87. the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicle without the roof rack loaded Loading stowing and features H Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehicle Position the cargo on the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain damage even when it is in motion Ensure that depending on the vehicle s equipment you can raise the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel fully and open the tailgate fully when the roof carrier is installed Fastening the roof carrier gt Secure the roof carrier to the roof rails gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Cup holder Points to observe before use A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during brak
88. the seat is unoccupied and has no objects placed on it close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition On board computer and displays Observe the X hissser gt page 41 indicator lamps and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the Be isso indicator lamp must light up and remain lit When the indicator lamp is on OCS gt page 41 has deactivated the front passenger air bag e The Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual display messages must not appear Wait for at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed and to make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display If these conditions are met the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the 3 sce indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not met the system is not operating correctly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately A Warning If the B k indicator lamp remains lit with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Display messages Bey Brakes Display mes
89. tire even though these regulations do not apply to Canada The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Where applicable the tire grading information can be found on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width For example Tread wear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government test track For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government test track as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate conditions Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire Is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on a wet surface as measured under controlled conditions on sp
90. under Towing a trailer gt page 278 Gross axle weight rating the maximum permissible load that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehicle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed ona suitable vehicle weighbridge Vehicle identification plate Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 274 Gross vehicle weight the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers cargo and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissible gross vehicle weight Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Tires and wheels Trailer load noseweight The trailer load noseweight affects the gross weight of the vehicle If a trailer is attached the trailer load noseweight is included in the load along with occupants and luggage The trailer load noseweight is usually approximately 8 of the gross weight of the trailer and its cargo Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on t
91. vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads H Driving in neutral N can damage the drive train Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Gearshifting The automatic transmission shifts to the individual gears automatically when it is in transmission position D This automatic gearshifting behavior is determined by e a shift range restriction if selected e the selected drive program E S gt page 137 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the road speed Driving tips Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Vehicles for USA fully depress the accelerator pedal The transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Vehicles for Canada depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift AUTOTRONIC into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Trailer towing gt When towing a trailer and driving downhill shift to a lower gear if the automatic transmission constantly shifts between two gears gt Engaging a lower gear and reduci
92. wo P or N to Start Engine P Sire wo P Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt If necessary change a wheel gt page 280 gt Check the tire pressure If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 271 The tire pressure is insufficient in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 271 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N You turned off the engine with the Start Stop button and opened the driver s door while the transmission was in position N or You have attempted to turn off the engine with the Start Stop button while the transmission was in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P The tailgate is open gt Close the tailgate A Risk of accident The hood is open gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Close the hood At least one door is open
93. you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message Display messages Display messages A Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury Display messages appear in the multifunction display gt Press the OK or aS button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red You cannot hide display messages of the highest priority The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual You can read the display messages in the message memory gt Press lt q or gt on the steering wheel to select the Service menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 messages for example gt Press the A or v gt Confirm with OK
94. 0 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available The use of leaded fuels can damage the catalytic converter e Gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating Improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses Introduction EA In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Sport Utility Vehicle A Warning This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on road and off road use It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2 wheel drive passenger cars are not intended This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets highways and off road use This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars As with other vehicles of this type if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds
95. 12 years old and under may ride on the front seat if a BabySmart compatible child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat Use only Mercedes Benz approved BabySmart compatible child restraint systems A BabySmart compatible child restraint system will deactivate the front passenger front air bag when installed correctly The front passenger front air bag will not be deactivated if the child restraint systems that are installed are not BabySmart compatible or if BabySmart compatible child restraint systems are not installed correctly If the front passenger front air bag is deployed in a collision the child will be struck by the air bag If this happens serious or fatal injury will result gt Adjust the seat and move the backrest to an almost vertical position gt page 90 gt Pull the seat belt smoothly through belt sash guide Q gt Without twisting it guide the shoulder section of the seat belt across the middle of your shoulder and the lap section across your hips gt Engage belt tongue 2 in buckle gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height gt page 53 gt f necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body All seat belts in the vehicle except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to secure child restraint systems properly For further information on Sp
96. 3 To start the engine Once the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up The indicator lamps of the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps turn signal lamps or front fog lamps only light up if the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps turn signal lamps or front fog lamps are switched on If an indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on check it and replace it if necessary If an indicator lamp does not go out after starting the engine or lights up while the vehicle is in motion see gt page 195 If the SmartKey is in position 0 in the ignition lock for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the ignition lock The steering is then locked To unlock remove the SmartKey and reinsert it in the ignition lock The steering is locked when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey when the engine is switched off The battery may otherwise discharge ving is If you cannot turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock the vehicle battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Check the vehicle battery and charge if necessary gt page 254 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 256 The SmartKey can be turned in the ignition lock even if it is not the correct SmartKey for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started KEYLESS GO Vehicles with KEYLES
97. 49 PARKTIRONIG ssicciacsesesaccesneseves densest 151 Rear view camera ceense 154 Driving pS crosier 136 Downhill gradients s s 145 Driving on flooded roads 0 5 147 Towing a trailer nosece 156 Wet road SUrfaCE sssrin ineeie 146 WINE sicsseciesicvasieenarvcieescrisees 149 DVD audio on board computer 169 nee EASY ENTRY feature cc ee 96 Activating deactivating on board computer essre 173 EASY EXIT feature ceeeeeeee 96 Activating deactivating on board COMPULET escersesessceees 173 Crash responsive ceseeeeseeeeeeeeeee 97 EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution Display message ecese 182 FUNCTION NOLES scsssorissesisssssisssissss 65 Electrical fuses see Fuses Electronic Brake force see EBD Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Traction System see ETS 4ETS Emergency call see mbrace Emergency release F elfiller PAD ccsccesssticccssetestiesteesaces 141 VOWICIE sccsseecceseecesccessieeveteesets essen 77 Emergency running mode Automatic transmission s s s 139 Emergency spare wheel Storage location eccere 246 SLOWING cess ssesiscsceczssecatpestestesssestdetaas 246 Emergency tensioning device FUNCOM essere araea e SR 54 Safety guidelines ssenseesessne esee 35 Emergency unlocking Tailgate niinen 81 Emissions purification Service and warranty information Engine Irregular running Starting problems Starting the engine with th
98. ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONS fi 155 40 TRIB 97y XL ANANT _ 35 ZAI 1O1Y XL 200 KPA 29 PSI ARRI RE 205 i KPA SPARE DE RACHANGE jovenne aomors P40 00 2133 31 You will find recommended tire pressure specifications Q for cold tires and for a fully loaded vehicle on the Tire and Loading Information placard The tire pressure specifications apply to tires which are installed at the factory Important notes on tire pressures A Warning If the tire pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim The temperature and pressure of the tires increase when the vehicle is in motion This is dependent on the driving speed and the load If you wish to drive at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher when this is allowed use the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap to set the correct tire pressures when the wheels are cold If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ride comfort may be affected if the tire pressure is adjusted to the recommended value for speeds of over 100 mph 160 km h gi Tires and wheels E Tire pressures Make sure that the tire pressure for normal speeds is adopted again Additio
99. Call From Newman John 4 Trip Navi Audio IB gt Press on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call You can accept a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call A gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing a number from the phone book If your mobile phone is able to receive calls you can search for and dial a number from the phone book in the audio system or COMAND at any time gt Copy the telephone book of the mobile phone into the audio system or to COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Tel menu gt Pressthe a Y or OK button to call up the phone book gt Press a jor Y are searching for To start scrolling rapidly press and hold the A or V button for longer than one second After a short time the rapid scroll speeds up Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list to select the name you gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK button to display the numbers gt Pressthe a or Vv buttonto
100. Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Switching off the engine Important safety notes A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Vehicles with automatic transmission gt Apply the parking brake firmly gt Shift the transmission to position P Using the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove it The immobilizer is
101. If a service is overdue you will also hear a warning tone The multifunction display shows a service message for a few seconds e g Next Service A in mls Service A due Service A Exceeded By mls The letter indicates which service is due A stands for a minor service and B for a major service A number or another letter may be displayed after the letter This figure indicates any necessary additional maintenance work to be performed You can obtain further information at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnected Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Before disconnecting the battery call up the service due date in the multifunction display and note it down or gt Subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display after reconnecting the battery Hiding the service message gt Press or OK on the steering wheel Displaying the service message gt Switch on the ignition gt Press lt q or to select the Service menu on the steering wheel gt Press a or Y to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and press OK to confirm The service due date appears in the multifunction display Points to remember A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Ce
102. L tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire Tire labeling e Light load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure U S tire regulations prescribe that every new tire manufacturer or retreader has to imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identification code tire size tire type code and date of manufacture Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manufacturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols Further information about retreaded tires gt page 264 Tire size identifier describes the tire size i Tires and wheels Definitions for tires and loading E Tires and wheels Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific c
103. Manual contains a great deal of helpful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all functions described This also refers to safety related systems and functions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations All the systems found in your vehicle are listed in the original purchase agreement of your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Operating Instructions and the Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Service and literature The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your vehicle Your authoriz
104. RS components are in operational readiness when the 8 SRS warning lamp is not lit while the engine is running A Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction if the SRS warning lamp e does not come on at all e fails to go out approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For your safety Mercedes Benz strongly recommends that you have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when it is needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety guidelines for seat belts Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs and air bags A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring
105. Refueling ete H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system Closing gt Replace the fuel filler cap and turn it clockwise The fuel filler cap audibly engages Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle A locking pin otherwise prevents the fuel filler flap from closing after the Driving and parking To open the fuel filler flap vehicle has been locked To insert the fuel filler cap gt Close the fuel filler flap Tire pressure table Fuel type Emergency fuel filler flap release Opening S Z Warning gt Switch off the engine Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap When the engine is running and the fuel filler flap is open the i engine diagnostics warning lamp may light up For further information on warning and The emergency release is located behind the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster side trim panel in the cargo compartment see gt page 200 gt Open the tailgate gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition gt Open the right hand side trim panel lock gt page 112 KEYLESS GO the driver s door is open This returns the ignition to position 0 which corresponds to the SmartKey being removed The driver s door can be closed again gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow 1 The fuel filler flap opens slightly
106. Resetting after being triggered 50 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle Sire ea rete neces 128 Occupant Classification System OCS Palit A EEA E 45 Operation scinsioni 41 System self test cecseecesseeeeeeeees 44 Occupant safety Children in the vehicle 0 55 System Overview ceeceeeeteeeeeteeeeeees 34 Octane number fuel 296 Odometer ciss i seciccavesedicevsessiseececioeeeecs 166 Off road AMA TIC vais esseczieizesacics caicedecseassaenceze 156 Oil see Engine oil On board computer Audio Men s soetste eese 168 Convenience submenu nsss 173 Display messages s e 175 Factory Setting S rrin 174 Important safety notes 0 162 Instrument cluster submenu 171 Lighting SUDMeMU sisearst 172 Message MEMOLY ceeeseeeeseeeeeees 175 Navigation MENU eeeeeseeeeeereeee 167 Operating video DVD uo eee 169 Operation ic cscsceecrecie sesveeeet 163 Overview Of MENUS seese 165 Service MENU sosisini 170 Settings MENU sss isiin 171 Standard display submenu 166 Telephone MEN tsiisus 169 Time Date submenu ceeeeee eee 171 AID AMO MU acescsveeetscvcectecssrecveteressteds Vehicle submenu Opening and closing the side trim Patel S erneta 112 Operating system see On board computer Outside temperature Display c s s seccnssascrscecesnesctessncess 163 Overhead control panel OVEIVICW 0 0 cceecesseeceeeeeeeseeeeeeen
107. S hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are not available either due to a malfunction The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control is deactivated gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Release the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP Exceptions gt page 63 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster a Problem A The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Alli The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running A The red SRS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions At least one wheel is spinning and ETS Electronic Traction System is deactivated to prevent the brakes on the
108. S GO are equipped with a SmartKey with an integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop button The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immediately The Start Stop button can be removed from the ignition lock Then you can insert the SmartKey in the ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle However you should always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle The vehicle can be started with the Start Stop button and the electrical equipment can be operated while the SmartKey is in the vehicle o0 a ge c oo 2 p m ea Driving and parking Start Stop button Ignition lock gt Insert Start Stop button Q into ignition lock When you insert Start Stop button into ignition lock the system requires a detection time of two seconds before you can use Start Stop button Q gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Do not press the brake pedal Start Stop button USA only Canada only gt Position 0 if Start Stop button ha
109. Signal O Chk Center Brake Lamp Left Mirror Right Mirror ros Ca ki teri Brake Lmp or Chk Rt Tail Brake Lmp ros Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand and or right hand exterior mirror is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages eee Display messages W Gak lert Lie
110. The audible signal can be activated and deactivated using the on board computer gt page 173 Only for USA This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following conditions e this equipment must not emit harmful electromagnetic radiation e this equipment may be affected by electromagnetic radiation including radiation which can trigger unwanted functions Any unauthorized change to this equipment can lead to the user s operating license being withdrawn Only for Canada This equipment complies with the RSS 2 10 regulations of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following conditions co siisrkey e this equipment must not emit harmful electromagnetic radiation e this equipment receives electromagnetic radiation including radiation which can trigger unwanted functions Any unauthorized change to this equipment can lead to the user s operating license being withdrawn gt To unlock centrally press the g button If you do not open a door or the tailgate within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking the vehicle e the vehicle is locked again e the theft deterrent locking system is activated again Opening and closing Mi gt To lock centrally press the button KEYLESS GO General notes Only for USA This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following c
111. The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent audible warning ceases Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ABS Anti lock Brake System is deactivated due to a malfunction Therefore ESP Electronic Stability Program BAS Brake Assist EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are also deactivated The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or AUTOTRONIC will not be available A Risk of accident ABS is temporarily unavailable ESP BAS and EBD for example are therefore not available either Self diagnosis is not yet complete The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Carefully drive a suitable distance makin
112. The windshield wipers are obstructed Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the key from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wipers are inoperative The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop O1 U09 9 eWI D 4 118 118 120 124 Operating the control systems Setting the air vents Overview of climate control sys TOMS oortree error eee erect ss Vehicle equipment eeee Pal Overview of climate control systems Climate control __ Vehicle equipment This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature This manual describes all the standard will be reached more quickly and optional equipment of your vehicle The integrated filter can filter out most which was available at the time of particles of dust and completely filters out purchase Country specific differences are pollen A clogged filter reduces the amount possible Bear in mind that your vehicle of air supplied to the vehicle interior For
113. Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be traveling in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle For reasons of safety that weight must not exceed the available cargo and luggage cargo capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If you intend to tow a trailer behind your vehicle the load on the trailer is transferred to your vehicle Consult this Operator s Manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 278 The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a cargo limit of 1500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes onl
114. Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase ESP Electronic Stability Program Important safety notes A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 61 If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle If necessary the engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking If ESP intervenes the A warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster A Warning Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp A flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Vehicles without 4MATIC switch the ignition off when e the parking brake is being tested using a dynamometer the vehicle is being tow
115. a KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle and a KEYLESS GO key outside the vehicle If you leave the KEYLESS GO key behind when you get out and lock the vehicle a message does not appear in the multifunction display Option 2 there is a KEYLESS GO key in the vehicle but no KEYLESS GO key outside the vehicle When you get out and try to lock the vehicle the message Key still in vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle is not locked in this case When starting the engine and while driving KEYLESS GO also checks whether a valid key is in the vehicle by periodically establishing radio contact gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor surface Q If you pull on the handle of the tailgate only the cargo area of the vehicle is unlocked If the vehicle has been parked for a long time the sensor surfaces are deactivated automatically Pull the door handle to unlock the door and turn on the ignition once to activate the sensor surfaces again Changing the settings of the locking system You can change the settings of the locking system in such a way that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting press the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice The Sma
116. a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz in writing of the need for its repair 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 n Introduction Maintenance The Service and Warranty Information Booklet describes all necessary maintenance work that should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Information Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The service advisor will record each service in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada You will find both in y
117. above the MAX mark on the dipstick too H Only use engine oils and oil filters which much oil has been added This can lead to have been approved for vehicles with a damage to the engine or the catalytic service system A list of the engine oilsand converter Have excess oil siphoned off oil filters that have been tested and Further information on engine oil approved according to the Mercedes Benz gt page 297 specifications for service products can be found on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only Further information on tested and approved engine oils and oil filters can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following causes engine failure or damage to the exhaust system gt Replace cap on the filler neck and tighten clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely Checking and adding other service products e using engine oils and oil filters that are not specifically approved for the service Checking the coolant level system Only check the coolant level when the vehicle e replacing the engine oil and oil filter later is on a level surface and the engine has cooled than the specified replacement interval down required by the service system gt Turn the SmartKey to position e using engine oil additives 2 gt page 129 in the ignition lock On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button twice gt page 129 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument clus
118. activated The SmartKey can only be removed if the transmission is in position P Using KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 129 When the driver s door is closed the Start Stop button is in position 1 When the driver s door is opened the Start Stop button moves to position 0 This corresponds to removing the SmartKey If you attempt to turn off the engine when the selector lever is not in position P a warning signal sounds Observe the messages in the multifunction display In an emergency you can turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds If you have started the engine with the Start Stop button and it cannot be switched off as described gt remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The engine stops The ignition lock is in position 0 Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Z Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the park
119. activated e after approximately 30 minutes if outside temperatures are over about 41 F 5 C Setting the air vents A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This could cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the vents or air inlet and outlet grilles in the vehicle interior For virtually draft free ventilation adjust the sliders of the air vents to the center position Center air vent lef Center air vent right Center vent thumbwheel right Center vent thumbwheel left gt To open close turn thumbwheels and 4 up or down Setting the air vents Hee gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 up or down Side window defroster vent Q is never Setting the center vents in the rear completely shut even if sid
120. age 110 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Pull connector 2 from bulb gt Detach retaining spring 3 downwards gt Pull out bulb gt Insert the new bulb gt Attach retaining spring gt Attach connector to bulb gt Place housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Left hand headlamp fasten the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Install the headlamp cover gt page 109 High beam headlamps P82 10 5696 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Remove the headlamp cover gt page 109 gt Left hand headlamp detach the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Press the handle of bulb holder in the direction of the arrow until bulb holder is released gt Take out the handle with bulb holder gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 o P82 10 5768 31 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 Lug of the bulb must be pointing upward gt Insert bulb holder gt Push the handle of bulb holder 2 in the opposite direction from the arrow until holder 2 engages gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Left hand headlamp fasten the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Install the headlamp cover gt page 109 Standing lamps parking lamps P82 10
121. ailable gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under the number 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center gt Pull the tailgate handle for at least 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button gt page 220 flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display Alternatively the vehicle can also be opened via the Internet in the Owners Online section using your ID number and password Vehicle remote unlocking is only possible if the corresponding cellular phone network is accessible The SOS button flashes and the Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display to confirm that the E Loading stowing and features PA Features Oo Loading stowing and features command for vehicle remote unlocking has been received If you pull the tailgate handle for more than 20 seconds before receiving authorization for remote unlocking from the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before you can pull on the handle of the tailgate again Vehicle remote closing in an emergency If you forget to lock your vehicle but are no longer in the vicinity of the vehicle it can be locked for you by the Response Center The vehicle can be locked remotely up to four days after the ignition was last switched off gt Contact the
122. ally improve vehicle safety Daimler AG can access this data and submit it e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in arbitration of disputes that involve Daimler AG its subsidiaries or its sales and service organizations e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please observe the mbrace order agreement regarding further details on data that this system records and transmits Multifunction steering wheel 28 Center console l 29 Overhead control panel 30 Door control panel At a glance 4 a ea Exterior view Exterior view Ata glance Gee l Function Tailgate Vehicle tool kit Rear window heating Lights Fuel filler flap Defrosting the windshield Cleaning the windows Roof carrier Sliding sunroof Page 245 123 107 140 122 239 213 85 Function Exterior mirrors Windshield wipers Opening the hood Engine oil Coolant Towing away Tires and wheels Flat tire P00 00 4511 31 Page 97 113 232 233 234 258 264 247 Ole Creole Function Cruise control lever Instrument cluster Horn PARKTRONIC warning display Overhead control panel Operates the automatic climate control system Ignition lock Start Stop button Adjus
123. am flasher are operated using the combination switch gt page 104 H Switch off the parking lamps and standing lamps when you leave the vehicle This prevents the battery from discharging The exterior lighting except the parking lamps standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the key from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the key in position 0 If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to A Low beam headlamps gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Daytime running lamps Daytime running lamps in Canada In Canada the daytime running lamps function is required by law It can therefore not be deactivated gt Turn the light switch to A With the engine running depending on the ambient light either the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps are switched on If the low beam headlamps are switched on the 2 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up WW With the engine running while the vehicle is stationary the low beam headlamps switch off after 3 minutes if you shift the selector lever to P from a driving position With the engine running while th
124. amp You must remove the headlamp cover in the engine compartment before you can replace the bulbs in the headlamp Lights and windshield wipers a Tail lamp with without LED Tail lamp brake lamp P 21 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Backup lamp P 21 Wor W 16 W ba Tail lamp rear fog lamp P 21 W gt To remove press retaining clip Q in the Side marker lamp W 3 W direction of the arrow gt Pull cover 2 forward underneath cover 3 and remove gt To install slide cover under cover 3 Connect the two covers by inserting the tongue into the groove gt Press cover 2 until retaining clip engages 10 Vehicles without LED turn signals W 16 W vehicles with LED turn signals P 21 W Ta Changing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers Ld Loosening tightening the washer fluid reservoir You must remove the washer fluid reservoir from the engine compartment before you can replace the bulbs in the left hand headlamp gt To detach turn catch 2 counter clockwise gt Swing washer fluid reservoir Q far enough to the side to allow the bulbs of the headlamp to be replaced gt To attach swing back washer fluid reservoir C gt Turn catch clockwise Low beam headlamp halogen headlamp P82 10 5694 31 gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Remove the headlamp cover gt page 109 gt Left hand headlamp detach the washer fluid reservoir gt p
125. and the exterior mirror on the front passenger side activated engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e as soon as you exceed a speed of 6 mph 10 km h e about ten seconds after you have disengaged reverse gear e if you press button for the exterior mirror on the driver s side Mirrors ee Seats steering wheel and mirrors m ial Memory functions Seats steering wheel and mirrors Weed gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel gt page 96 and the exterior mirrors With the memory function you can store up gt page 97 to three different settings e g for three gt Press memory button M and one of the different people storage position buttons 1 2 or 3 within The following settings are stored as a single three seconds memory preset The settings are stored in the selected e position of the seat backrest and head preset position A tone sounds when the restraint settings have been completed e driver s side steering wheel position e driver s side position of the exterior mirrors on the driver s and front passenger J sides H If you want to move the seat from the fully A Warning reclined position to a stored seat position first raise the backrest The seat could otherwise be damaged The memory function can still be used when the k
126. ar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position Adjusting the lumbar support Vehicles without the memory function You can adjust the contour of the front seats so as to provide optimum support for your back gt Move adjustment lever in the direction of the arrow until the desired backrest contour is achieved Adjusting the four way lumbar support Vehicles with memory function You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back Steering wheel E The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 z gt Make sure that the key is in position 2 in To raise the backrest contour the ignition lock To soften the backrest contour gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly To lower the backrest contour until the desired heating level is set To harden the backrest contour gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Switching the seat heating on off Problems with the seat heating Switching on off The seat heating has switched itself off z prematurely or cannot be switched on The Z Wa
127. argo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around gt Pull the tailgate down using recess Q gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey Automatic opening and closing from the outside Important safety guidelines To open the tailgate completely a minimum clearance of 6 90 ft 210 cm above the ground is necessary Opening the trunk lid You can open the tailgate automatically with the SmartKey or the handle in the tailgate Open or close the tailgate fully using the automatic function if you have stopped the tailgate in an intermediate position gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens or gt When the tailgate is unlocked pull the handle and let it go again immediately You can also close the tailgate manually if it is fully opened H If you have opened the tailgate automatically you should wait a moment before closing the tailgate manually Closing the trunk lid A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening cl
128. ars the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop On board computer and displays ral Display messages Oo On board computer and displays Display messages BRAKE USA only Canada only ABS and ESC Inoperative See Operator s Manual BRAKE USA only Canada only Check Brake Pad Wear BRAKE USA only Canada only elease Park Brake Po BRAKE USA only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ABS ESP BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are unavailable due to a malfunction In addition the A 3 and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution ABS ESP BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are unavailable due to a malfunction In addition the A amp and warning lamps in the instrument cluster light up and a warning tone sounds The brake system continues to function normally but without the fun
129. ata for all vehicle variants and trim levels This vehicle is only available in the USA Vehicle dimensions GLK 350 Vehicle length 178 3 in 4528 mm 179 4 in 4556 mm Vehicle width 79 4 in 2016 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 66 5 in 1688 mm 66 4 in 1686 mm 108 5 in 2755 mm 61 7 in 1568 mm 62 5 in 1589 mm Wheel base Front track Rear track Ground clearance 8 2 in 208 mm Turning circle 27 7 ate lle oam 40 When the vehicle is loaded and ready to drive fuel tank full all fluids filled with driver AVZ 1 aT Cod We ELT Eee me Oo 2 i lt oO oO Technical data Era AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT Vehicle weight GLK 350 Maximum roof Maximum 165 Ib load 75 kg Vehicle data GLK 350 4MATIC The data quoted here refers specifically to a vehicle with standard equipment Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels Vehicle dimensions GLK 350 4MATIC Vehicle length 178 3 in 4528 mm 179 4 in 4556 mm Vehicle width 79 4 in 2016 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 66 5 in 1688 mm 66 4 in 1686 mm Wheel base 108 5 in 2755 mm Front track 61 7 in 1568 mm Rear track 62 5 in 1589 mm Ground clearance 8 2 in 208 mm 2 Turning circle S77 tie 15 tan Vehicle weight GLK 350 4MATIC Maximum roof Maximum 165 Ib load 75 kg 41 Vehicles with the AMG Sports pac
130. attage of the device to be connected must not exceed 150 W gt Open flap gt Switch the ignition on gt Insert the plug of the electrical device into the 115 V power socket Q Indicator lamp lights up If indicator lamp does not light up please read the chapter on malfunctions gt To turn off disconnect the plug from the 115 V power socket Q Ensure that you do not pull on the cord gt Close flap Possible causes of malfunction e the on board voltage of the vehicle is not within the permissible voltage range e the temperature of the DC AC converter is momentarily too high e some small electronic devices have a constant nominal power of less than 150 W but a very high inrush current These devices will not work If you connect such a device the 115 V power socket 1 will not supply it with power If indicator lamp still does not light up consult a specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center mbrace Important safety notes H A license agreement must exist in order to activate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and ready for use and press the Q i MB info call button to register If you cannot carry out any of the steps mentioned the system may not be activated If you have any questions concerning activation please contact one of the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under 866 990 9007 e Canada Custom
131. ay message disappears and the A warning lamp goes out ETS is active again USA only one or more main functions in the mbrace system are malfunctioning Canada only one or more of the main functions of the TELEAID system is malfunctioning gt USA only have the mbrace system checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Canada only have the TELEAID system checked at a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of injury Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only The BabySmart child seat is positioned incorrectly gt Install the child seat in the correct position A Risk of injury Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only The sensor for automatic child seat recognition is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of injury There is a malfunction in the SRS Supplemental Restraint System The 8 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of injury SRS has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages m On board computer and displays Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Ly A Risk of injury Rear Left SRS SRS has malfunctioned at the rear on the left
132. ayed in the multifunction display gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt f necessary change a wheel gt page 280 The tire pressure is insufficient in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity If necessary correct the tire pressure gt page 271 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 273 There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop No signals are being received from the tire pressure sensors due to radio interference The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The TPMS restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt If necessary change a wheel gt page 280 On board computer and displays ne Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Check Tire Pressure Correct Tire Pressure Vehicle Display messages Simic
133. beam headlamps e the parking lamps e the tail lamps e the license plate lamp e the side marker lamps gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe Vv jor a Lights submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe Vv jor a button to select the Daytime Running Lights function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to select the button to save the setting Activating deactivating surround lighting and exterior lighting delayed switch off If you switch on the Locator Lighting function and the light switch is set to A 22 Only for vehicles with front fog lamps 23 Only for vehicles without front fog lamps e the exterior lighting switches on when it is dark after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey The exterior lighting switches off when you open the driver s door e the exterior lighting remains on for 15 seconds when it is dark after closing the doors If the engine is switched off and then none of the doors are opened or if an open door is not closed the exterior lighting goes out after 60 seconds If you activate the Locator Lighting function the following light up e the parking lamps e the tail lamps e the fog lamps e the low beam headlamps e the license plate lamp e th
134. brakes pull away the vehicle trailer combination carefully manually Driving and parking a Towing a trailer E Driving and parking brake using the brake controller and check the brakes for correct function e Secure any objects on the trailer to prevent the cargo from slipping when the vehicle is in motion e If you couple up a trailer regularly check the cargo for secure fastening and make sure that the trailer lamps and if applicable the trailer brakes are functioning correctly Bear in mind that the handling will be less stable when towing a trailer than when driving without one Avoid sudden steering movements The vehicle trailer combination is heavier accelerates more slowly has a decreased gradient climbing capability and a longer braking distance It is more susceptible to side winds and requires more careful steering If possible avoid abrupt braking Depress the brake pedal moderately at first so that the trailer can activate its own brakes Then increase the pressure on the brake pedal If the automatic transmission continues to shift back and forth between two gears when driving up or downhill restrict the shift range Select shift range 4 3 2 or 1 A lower gear and lower speed reduce the risk of engine failure When driving downhill shift to a lower gear to utilize the engine s braking effect Avoid continuous brake application as this may overheat the vehicle brakes and if
135. cally check the By k indicator lamp while driving to make sure the 8 k is illuminated If the 3 indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously Occupant safety injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat you must move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning The BabySmart air bag disabling system ONLY works with specially adapted child restraint systems It does not work with child restraint systems that are not compatible with BabySmart Never place anything between the seat cushion and the child restraint system e g a cushion as this reduces the effectiveness of the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The underside of the child restraint system must lie against the seat cushion of the front passenger seat In the event of an accident an incorrectly installed child restraint system could injure the child instead of of
136. cally if the Wipe with washer fluid function is operated ten times while the lights are on and the engine is running gt page 113 When you switch off the ignition the automatic headlamp cleaning system is reset and counting is resumed from 0 Active light function A P8 o0 5493 31 The active light function is a system that moves the headlamps according to the steering movements of the front wheels In this way relevant areas remain illuminated while driving This allows you to recognize pedestrians cyclists and animals Active when the lights are switched on Exterior lighting Eee Lights and windshield wipers 7A Interior lighting Cornering light function ES Overview of interior lighting V The cornering light function improves the illumination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better visibility in tight bends for example It can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on P82 20 3594 31 Active if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signals or turn the steering wheel Not active if you are driving at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h or switch off the turn signal or turn the steering wheel to the straight ahead position The cornering light function may remain lit for To switch the rear interior lighting on off aa To switch the automatic interior lighting control on off A To s
137. can e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e be more likely to become damaged e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire pressures Important safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire Tire pressures ee and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire pressure at least once a month Only check and correct tire pressures when the tires are cold gt page 266 Checking the tire pressures manually In order to determine and adjust the tire pressures proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire you wish to check gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compa
138. cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident EE Loading stowing and features Storage bags are located in the rear compartment on the driver s and front passenger seat backrests Stowage areas Parcel nets A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Parcel nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the left hand side of the cargo compartment Enlarging the luggage compartment Important safety notes A Warning Always lock the seat backrest in its upright position when the rear seat bench is occupied or the extended cargo volume is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo a Stowage areas A Warning Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly ca
139. ccupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the Zh s indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat remain illuminated or go out With the 3 es o indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the B e indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the 8 indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the 3 indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the B indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger f
140. cecestceeess 140 Specifications sisipe 296 Troubleshooting pssst irtera 142 Fuel consumption Current on board computer 166 Nole Sis s5cisickecstenieisebectintesachastestos canes 144 Fuel filler cap display message 189 Fuel filler flap Emergency release ceee 141 Opening ClosiNg ssiri 140 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTE o ce cecssscdecnevscusrtesecveteess 166 Fuses Dashboard fuse DOX sesser 261 Fuse allocation chart seese 261 Fuse box in the cargo COMPAEN ccsscsecsscccccesesssectecsevseds 262 Fuse box in the engine COMPANUMENE arrire iie 261 Note Sarerea 260 Garage door opener Clearing the memory Notes Opening closing the garage door 227 Programming the remote control 225 Gear or selector lever cleaning guidelines eeeeeseeeeneeeeeees 241 Genuine Mercedes Benz parts 292 Genuine wood trim and trim strips cleaning instructions 241 Glove Dox cis icc neeics cient ieee ces 207 GTW Gross Trailer Weight definition 2 0 0 ee 285 C Headlamp cleaning system 105 Adding washer fluid eee 235 NOt6S E EE 299 Headlamp mode daytime driving see Daytime running lamps Headlamps Cleaning eonenna ennn a 240 Misting Up oense 106 Removing installing the cover 109 Head restraints Adjusting electrically 0 0 93 Adjusting manually s es 93 Adjusting rear c ceecsseceesseeeeeees 93 I
141. compartment _ the cargo compartment and there are two cover Q back and clip it into the retainers hooks on the right and left of the lower D pillar on the left and right trim gt To retract unhook cargo compartment cover C from the retainers on the left and right and guide it forwards by the grab handle until it is fully retracted Removing installing the luggage compartment cover Luggage compartment cover Important safety notes H When loading the vehicle make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo compartment higher than the lower edge of To remove make sure that cargo the side windows Do not place heavy compartment cover 1 is rolled up objects on top of the cargo compartment Press handle 2 on the right underside to cover the left The cargo compartment cover is located gt Remove cargo compartment cover Q behind the rear bench seat backrest Stowage areas eae gt To install attach cargo compartment cover C to the opening on the left hand side gt Press handle to the right gt Allow cargo compartment cover Q to engage in the appropriate recess Important safety notes e The brackets behind B pillar Q are A Warning required for the cargo compartment enlargement gt page 208 at top and bottom position and the tightening The corresponding cargo tie down rings to belts are securely fastened tighten the net are located in the footwell of the rear bench sea
142. compartment or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident General information All doors and the tailgate must be closed If you cannot open or lock the vehicle with the SmartKey either the battery in the SmartKey is empty the SmartKey is faulty or the vehicle battery is discharged gt Check the battery in the SmartKey and replace it if necessary gt page 72 gt Unlock the driver s door using the mechanical key gt page 7 1 gt Lock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 71 gt Have the vehicle battery and battery contacts checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is faulty contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey functions Locking and unlocking centrally The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2425 31 To lock the vehicle To unlock the tailgate L To unlock the vehicle When unlocking the turn signals flash once When locking they flash three times When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked or unlocked
143. conds until the necessary system checks have been completed and to make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display If these conditions are met the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the 3 indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not met the system is not operating correctly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately a On board computer and displays Ta Display messages A Warning If the 8 k indicator lamp remains off even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even Airbag Disabled though an adult or a person larger than a certain size is occupying See Operator s the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the Manual seat the system may interpret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Make sure that
144. ctions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You are driving with the parking brake engaged A warning tone also sounds gt Release the parking brake A Risk of accident There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir Additionally the red erare USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This will not rectify the malfunction Display messages eee A Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Lights Display messages concerning LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Displa
145. culated according to current driving style and the amount of fuel in the tank If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled m instead of range Trip computer After start example Distance Digital speedometer Time gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel Average speed to select the Trip menu Average fuel consumption gt Press a or W to select the digital speedometer The From Start trip computer is reset p automatically when Resetting values You can reset the values of the following functions e Trip odometer e Trip computer From start e Trip computer From reset gt Press 4 or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press a or W to select the function that you wish to reset OK gt Press Reset Yes 140 4 FROM START Resetting the trip computer From start example gt Press the v press the OK button to select Yes and button to confirm Navigation menu Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions For more information see the separate operating instructions gt Switch on COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Navi menu
146. d Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside The locking or unlocking buttons of the central locking do not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey It is only possible to lock the vehicle centrally if the front passenger door is closed gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button You can open a locked front door from inside the vehicle Only open the door if traffic conditions allow you to do so If the vehicle has previously been locked with the central locking button e and the KEYLESS GO key is restored to the factory settings the entire vehicle is unlocked if a front door is opened from inside the vehicle e and the KEYLESS GO key is set to individual settings only the front door which is opened from inside the vehicle is unlocked If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it does not unlock if you use the unlocking button of the central locking Automatic locking The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels of the vehicle are moving at a speed of more than 9 mph 15 km h You may therefore lock yourself out if the vehicle is being pushed towed or located on a test rig gt To deactivate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press an
147. d every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure warning lamp when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ee Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure warning lamp Your vehicle has also been
148. d hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds When you push either of the two buttons and an audible warning signal does not sound the relevant setting has already been selected On vehicles with a luxury multifunction steering wheel you can also activate and deactivate the automatic locking using the on board computer gt page 173 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked centrally with the SmartKey gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 7 1 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise to position 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it Emergency locking If the vehicle can no longer be locked centrally with the SmartKey gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the tailgate gt Press the locking button gt page 76 gt Make sure that the locking knobs on the doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 7 1 Opening and closing Mi gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key back an
149. d remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the tailgate are locked Cargo compartment Opening and closing be Ifyou lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not activated Cargo compartment _Important safety notes A Warning Exhaust fumes could enter the vehicle interior if the engine is running and the tailgate is open This could poison you Therefore you should make sure that the tailgate is always closed when the engine is running H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo area You could otherwise lock yourself out The tailgate can be e opened and closed manually e opened and closed automatically from outside e opened and closed automatically from inside Opening and closing from the outside Opening gt Press the a button on the SmartKey P80 20 3501 31 gt Pull handle On vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate if you pull handle and keep it in this position you can open the tailgate manually If you release the handle the tailgate automatically opens fully Closing A Risk of injury Make sure that nobody can become trapped as you close the tailgate A Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the c
150. data that applies to your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s type plate Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number VIN can be found in the following locations e on the vehicle identification plate gt page 293 e at the lower edge of the windshield gt page 294 In addition to being stamped on the vehicle identification plate the vehicle identification number VIN is also stamped onto the vehicle body It is located on the floor in front of the front passenger seat gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rearmost position gt Fold floor covering Q upwards You will see vehicle identification number VIN Mi Technical data 4 Technical data Emissions control information label including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions reference values Engine number stamped into the crankcase VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and capacities Service products include the following e fuels e g gasoline diesel e lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e coolant e brake fluid e windshield washer fluid Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match You should therefore only use products that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http www
151. dding washer fluid ose 235 Note Siiisapeerteiishere treater aa sE 299 Windshield wipers Important safety notes 0 0 0 0 113 Replacing the wiper blades 114 115 Switching On Off sesiis 113 Troubleshooting seses 116 Winter operation eee 149 Winter tires MAS TIRES reti enre eae 148 Wiper blades Cleaning oirnne rnaen 239 Introduction Product information We recommend using genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles Despite ongoing market research Mercedes Benz is unable to assess other parts We cannot therefore be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist The use of non approved parts could affect your vehicle s operating safety Mercedes Benz therefore recommends that you use genuine Mercedes Benz parts conversion parts and accessories that have been approved for the type of vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts approved conversion parts and accessories are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive advice about permissible technical modifications and the parts will be professionally installed Operator s Manual Notes on the Operator s Manual This Operator s
152. de erre ererrer rarer 265 Tire tread definition 0 0 eee 286 Total load limit definition 287 Tha CtiOM cassdteciesaisdsesseussertasssetiedatens 279 Traction definition sisses 286 Tread wear ccceseccesseeceseeeseeeeees 279 TWR permissible trailer drawbar noseweight definition 286 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard Syre Aen 278 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 284 Unladen weight definition 285 Wear indicator definition 286 Wheel rim definition 00 0 0 ee 285 Tires and wheels important safety information 2 0 0 eee eeseeeeeeeeeees 264 Top Tethe hist ccsi ce ceceesdscssssasacdstessezesidess 59 Towing Important safety guidelines 258 Installing the towing eye 258 Removing the towing eye 259 Towing a trailer DIFIVINGtIPS cesaceeseneedesseseiaseseenestenes 156 Trailer Coupling UP scd e ences accecsvisdevenconetseees 157 LDYTexe a aereenecee peer er ee treet ere tree 158 Display message s c 183 POWER SUP DIY donenn 159 TOWNE cs aveversvded decececes erei 157 Trailer loads and drawbar noseweights 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeseeeereeeeeeees 158 Trailer towing e e 136 ES PO nantes nN E deei 64 PARKTRONIC sssesesesscccsteveebvnceanienses 153 Transfer case eee eeeeceeeeeeneeeees 139 Transmission position display 135 Transmission positions
153. den change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Driving systems es Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering Activating the rear view camera gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the rear view camera function is selected in COMAND see the separate operating instructions for COMAND gt Engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display with guide lines Guide lines in the COMAND display A Warning Use of rear view camera can be dangerous if you are color blind or have impaired color vision Only use rear view camera if you can see and distinguish all colored guidelines shown by rear view camera on the COMAND system display A Warning Please note that objects that do not touch the ground may appear to be further away than they actually are for example e the bumper of a vehicle parked behind you e the trailer drawbar e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear end of a tr
154. diately at a qualified specialist workshop Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it The coolant The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine temperature gauge is no longer being cooled sufficiently shows a value above gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant 248 F 120 C to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 234 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary Automatic transmission Selector lever Important safety notes Overview of transmission positions A Warning It is dangerous to shift AUTOTRONIC out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Selector lever P Park position with selector lever lock R Reverse N Neutral A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift AUTOTRONIC into neutral f position N automatically D Drive Always shift AUTOTRONIC into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Transmis
155. ds the emergency call system mbrace USA only or TELEAID Canada only initiates a call to the Customer Assistance Center automatically The emergency call system initiates the call provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace TELEAID service e the mbrace TELEAID service has been activated properly e the required mobile phone power supply and GPS are available ral Anti theft systems gt To arm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm system is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To deactivate unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt To stop the alarm using the SmartKey insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off Safety or gt Press the a or button on the SmartKey The alarm is switched off gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dashboard The key must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off K Suisojo pue Suluedg a N Sliding sunroof a Cargo compartment c Side windows msee eee eese DOOMS ooe E E aa Vehicle equipment eee SmartKey a r s vos smarthey Opening and closing Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional
156. ds 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint system You will also find the statement in the instruction manual provided with the child restraint system When using an infant restraint system child restraint system or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read the warning labels affixed to the interior of the vehicle or to the infant restraint or child restraint system A Warning Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than children secured in the front passenger seat For this reason we strongly advise that you always secure children in the rear seats Regardless of the seat position children under 12 years must be secured correctly in a suitable infant or child restraint system or booster seat suitable for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint system must be correctly secured using the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and Top Tether belt or the lower anchorages and the Top Tether belt in complete accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants in particular children must sit as upright as possible fasten the seat belt correctly and use a suitable infant restraint system child restraint system or b
157. during the daytime In some countries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obligations In these countries the daytime running lamps are automatically switched on when the engine is started Notes on driving abroad Converting to symmetrical low beam when driving abroad switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road to the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents oncoming traffic from being dazzled Symmetrical lights do not illuminate as large an area of the edge of the road Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Converting to asymmetrical low beam after returning have the headlamps converted back to asymmetrical low beam at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible after crossing the border when returning Light switch Operation 1 P lt Left hand standing lamps 2 P lt Right hand standing lamps 3 500 Parking lamps license plate and instrument lighting 4 A Automatic headlamp mode daytime running lamps 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps Lo Rear fog lamp 40_ Front fog lamps The turn signals high beam headlamps and the high be
158. e The octane number should be at least 91 Details can be found on the gas pump The octane number is the average value of the Research Octane Number RON and Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 also known as knock resistance Reformulated Gasoline RFG and or unleaded gasoline with additives can be used if the concentration of the additives in the fuel does not exceed 10 e g e Ethanol e TAME e ETBE e IPA e TBA For MTBE the concentration should not exceed 15 The concentration of methanol in gasoline including other additives must not exceed 3 Using mixtures of methanol and ethanol is not permitted Gasohol a mixture of 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used All of these mix fuels must fulfill the fuel requirements e g e knock resistance e boiling point e vapor pressure Additives in gasoline One of the major problems in engine design is the creation of carbon deposits during the process of burning fuel Mercedes Benz recommends that you use fuel brands that have the additives which prevent the build up of carbon deposits If you use fuels without these additives for a longer period of time there may be a build up of carbon deposits especially on the inlet valves and in the combustion chamber This could lead to engine running problems e g e warm up hesitation e unstable idle e knocking pinging e misfire e power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encounte
159. e passenger vehicle tires according to European manufacturing standards If P precedes the size description passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description light truck tires according to U S manufacturing standards If T precedes the size description compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure only for temporary use in an emergency Tire width tire width Q shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio aspect ratio is relationship between tire height and tire width and is specified in percent The aspect ratio is Tire labeling ee calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise sudden tire failure may be the result which could cause an accident and or serious i
160. e SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop On board computer and displays ia Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The batteries of the KEYLESS GO key are discharged Replace Key Battery gt Change the batteries gt page 72 The display message is displayed for a maximum of 60 seconds and is just a reminder a t Forget Your You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off ey The KEYLESS GO key is not in the ignition lock gt Take the KEYLESS GO key with you when leaving the vehicle The KEYLESS GO key is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds Key Not Detected fth EEMI i PAR TAS idi red display message e engine is switche off you can no longer loc the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Locate the KEYLESS GO key On board computer and displays The KEYLESS GO key is not detected while the engine is running because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Operate the vehicle with the KEYLESS GO key in the ignition lock if necessary The KEYLESS GO key cannot b
161. e a health hazard The 2 SRS warning lamp lights up A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Children in the vehicle Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts
162. e air vent is compartment shut When automatic climate control is activated the glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents The level of airflow depends on the airflow and air distribution settings H Close the air vent when heating the vehicle Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel At high outside temperatures open the air Rear compartment air vent right vent and activate the cooling with air R F ear compartment air vent left dehumidification function Otherwise P temperature sensitive items stored in the gt To open close turn thumbwheel Q up or glove box could be damaged down S f oO oO Air vent thumbwheel Air vent gt To open close turn thumbwheel clockwise or counter clockwise Vehicle equipment 006 128 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle 128 Driving o treater tees cans 128 Automatic transmission 134 Refueling erer 140 Parking eee ee se scsicens 142 Driving tips a reer 144 Driving systems ccccscceeeeees 149 E Off road driving systems 156 Towing a trailer 0 eee 156 2 gt m LJ Driving and parking Driving This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may n
163. e all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Correct use of the seat belt A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in the event of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver s side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags for the side windows Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm across your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the b gt Occupant safety sa Pa oO
164. e and the trailer comply with the maximum permissible values have the vehicle trailer combination including the driver passengers and cargo with a fully laden trailer weighed on a calibrated weighbridge e Check the permissible axle weight of the front and rear axle the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and the drawbar noseweight Check the permissible axle weight of the front and rear axle the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and the drawbar noseweight Trailer power supply The trailer power socket of your vehicle is designed for connecting the 7 pin connector Vehicle equipment eee Important safety notes Displays and operation Menus and submenus Display messages eeeeeeeee Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee wn gt Ae Q 2 o me c Sm Oo gt Q E fo me i e E c O Eel DYES EEE me LEOL Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Important safety notes You will find an illustration of the instrument cluster in the At a glance section gt page 26 A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic
165. e briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could otherwise fog up as in air recirculation mode no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Sm c oO oO Climate control _ Function Reduces the airflow Display Sets the air distribution Operating the control systems Switching the control on off Important information A Warning When the climate control system is deactivated the outside air supply and circulation are also deactivated Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Activate climate control primarily using the auto button gt page 121 Activating deactivating gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings come into effect again gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the up AUTO OFF button OFF button lights TA Operating the control systems Notes tips Switching cooling with air dehumidification on off I
166. e by the manufacturer following specifications from the U S government The quality grade of a tire is imprinted on the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure for your vehicle under normal driving conditions You will find the recommendation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle The recommended tire pressure provides the best balance between handling characteristics ride comfort and wear Additional information on particular driving conditions is located on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment The combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehicle regardless of whether it is actually installed on the vehicle or not Wheel rim The part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Speed index The speed index is part of the tire identification Specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GTW Gross Trailer Weight The GTW is the weight of a trailer including the weight of the load luggage accessories etc on the trailer GVW
167. e coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool gt Check the coolant level and add the coolant gt page 234 Observe the warning notes gt f the coolant needs adding more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C continue driving to the next qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop start driving The coolant has exceeded a temperature of 248 F 120 C The airflow to the radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it b gt
168. e detected at present Key Not Detected gt Change the location of the key with the KEYLESS GO functions in the vehicle white display message If the KEYLESS GO key is still not detected gt Change the location of the key with the KEYLESS GO functions in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the KEYLESS GO key in the ignition lock if necessary The KEYLESS GO key has been detected inside the vehicle during locking Key Detected in gt Remove the KEYLESS GO key from the vehicle Vehicle Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ens Display messages Remove Start Button and Insert Key Close Doors to Lock Vehicle Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Brakes Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the vehicle is moving A warning tone also sounds praxe USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions KEYLESS GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all doors and lock the vehicle again Possib
169. e inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Maximum permitted tire pressure example The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration When adjusting the tire pressures always observe the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle gt page 266 Loading the vehicle Loading the vehicle Instruction labels for tires and loads _ A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the permissible number of occupants and the maximum permissible vehicle load It also contain
170. e key Starting with KEYLESS GO Switching Off oo eee eeeeeseeeseeereeees Warning lamp Check Engine Engine electronics Malfunction Engine number Engine oil Adding Checking the oil level Display message Lubricant additives Notes about oil grades VISGOSILY saisasesieseccieseseeceseesteassteiaaess ESC Electronic Stability Control see ESP ESP Electronic Stability Program Activating deactivating Display message ETS 4ETS Important safety information Trailer stabilization Warning lamp ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Exhaust check cccscecceseeeeeees Exhaust tail pipe cleaning instructions Exterior lighting see Lights Exterior mirrors Adjusting Dipping automatic Folding in out automatically Folding in out electrically Folding in when locking on board computer Out of position Setting Storing settings memory FUNGON wsecdctevsstcacesbececoevseeeseeestes 100 Storing the parking position 99 Exterior view eese 24 See First ald KitissceAceccacien tans 245 Flat tire Changing a wheel mounting the spare WHEEL ccc0sssececovscsesasesvnsecovs 247 Preparing the vehicle eee 247 Raising the vehicle cceeeeseeees 248 PIOOMMAL eesse cin aiintettaies 228 Front fog lamp display message 185 Fuel AG GILIVES seire fsscsiavedecothcecesastestss 296 NOt Sicinius erisusi 296 Premium grade unleaded gasoline 296 Refueling seccescssesteccssesceessun
171. e no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured P54 00 2757 31 Rear view camera The rear view camera is located in the handle View through the camera strip of the tallgave The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror A Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles e from a distorted perspective e inaccurately e may not display obstacles at all The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious Take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the tailgate handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others A Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the tailgate is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera Is exposed to a very bright white light e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the display may flicker e there is a sud
172. e open a door e remove the key from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the key is removed from the ignition lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 173 Changing bulbs Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the rear interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off button press the M If the interior lighting is set to automatic the interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the key Changing bulbs Xenon bulbs Lights and windshield wipers If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Z Warning Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You could get an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured if you touch the electric contacts on Xenon bulbs Therefore never remove the cover from Xenon bulbs Do not change Xenon bulbs yourself b
173. e pressure values for driving at high speeds or with heavy loads can be found in the Tire Pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt q jor gt Service menu gt Press the a or Vv Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each wheel or the Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes message is shown in the multifunction display gt Press the V button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display button to select the button to select E Tires and wheels If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire Tires and wheels pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the 4 button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Maximum tire pressures A Warning Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tir
174. e secere 177 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCNOMS Enee E E EEEE 58 Special seat belt retractor 58 Top Tether smeert Troubleshooting Cigarette lighter 0 0 eee eens 216 Classification system for occupants OCS e OI A E TETE 45 Operation viccicaevtesecassceatevare cen 41 System self test ceeeceessseeeeeees 44 Climate control Activating deactivating 0 120 Activating deactivating air recirculation mode eeeeeeeeseeeees 123 Controlling automatically 121 Cooling with air dehumidification 120 Defrosting the windshield weed N22 Demisting the windows 0 123 Dual zone automatic climate CONTON scvieseseusss cecessrcesvenecrscsscsterates 119 Important safety information 118 Indicator lamp sesser 121 Maximum cooling seese 122 Problems with cooling with air CEhUMIGICATION ssisisiisiicsccissrsi 121 Problems with the rear window REAME irea E 123 Refrigerant ss 0ccccsseescesecacocesessponsacess 298 Setting the air distribution 121 Setting the airflow eee Setting the air vents Setting the temperature Switching the MONO function on OM sttatapsees fasseceacetanegaienersacresedessiaeece 122 Switching the rear window heating ON Off vssiiescccceasseseceeoescdesees 123 Clock on board computer 171 Coat hooks 0000 eeeeeseeeeceteeeereeeees 212 Collapsible spare wheel Mating
175. e side marker lamps gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe Vv jor A Lights submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe Vv or a button to select the Locator Lighting function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to select the button to save the setting To deactivate the delayed shut off temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock and back to position 0 The delayed shut off is deactivated The delayed shut off is reactivated the next time you start the engine Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off Ifthe Interior Lighting Delay function is activated and you pull the SmartKey out of the ignition lock the interior lighting remains on for around 10 seconds gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v jor a Lights submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe v jor a button to select the Interior Lighting Delay function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to select the
176. e tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to 5 For vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate and KEYLESS GO only b gt Opening and closing Pa Pal Cargo compartment Opening and closing make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch A Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around Z Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the opening procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the opening procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch When the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics on the have status 0 Press button 7S SmartKey gt To open pull remote operating switch for the tailgate until the tailgate opens gt To close turn the Smar
177. e the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades replaced by a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades H Before changing the wiper blades always set the wiper arms to a vertical position using the combination switch There is otherwise a risk of damaging the hood Moving the wiper arms to a vertical position Vehicles without KEYLESS GO gt Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Set the windshield wipers to position on the combination switch gt When the wiper arms have reached a vertical position turn the key to position 0 and remove it from the ignition lock Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Switch off the engine gt Take your foot off the brake pedal gt Set the windshield wipers to position on the combination switch gt Press the Start Stop button repeatedly until the windshield wipers start gt When the wiper arms have reached a vertical position press the Start Stop button Removing the wiper blades gt Fold the wiper arm away from the windshield until it engages gt Set the wiper blade at right angles to the wiper arm gt Remove the wiper blade from the retainer on the w
178. e undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only PANIC panic button Q Driving safety systems We This device complies with the RSS 2 10 regulations of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Driving safety systems Overview of driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Braking System e BAS Brake Assist System ESP Electronic Stability Program e EBD Electronic Brake power Distribution Important safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and
179. e valve cap back on gt Place the valve extractor back into the vehicle tool kit gt Stow the collapsible spare wheel in the emergency spare wheel well under the cargo compartment and fasten in place Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle as far away as possible from traffic on solid non slippery and level ground gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Firmly depress the parking brake gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Move the selector lever to P gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the key from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics have status 0 which is the same as the key having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 129 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they get out of the vehicle gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area whilst a wheel is being changed Anyone who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traffic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door Flat tire Changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle A Warning The wheel and tire size of the emergency spare wheel spare wheel ma
180. e vehicle is stationary if you set the light switch to 300 the parking lamps and the low beam headlamps switch on If you set the light switch to 2 while the engine is running the manual setting overrides the daytime running lamps Daytime running lamps in the USA This function is only available on vehicles equipped with daytime running lamps The daytime running lamps are deactivated ex works on vehicles for the USA gt To switch on the daytime running lamps vehicles with luxury multifunction steering wheel switch on the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer gt page 172 gt Turn the light switch to A With the engine running depending on the ambient light either the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps are switched on If the low beam headlamps are switched on the 2 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up wW You can only switch on the high beam headlamps if there is little ambient light However the headlamp flashers can always be applied If you set the light switch to z002 or a while the engine is running the manual setting overrides the daytime running lamps Automatic headlamps A Risk of accident If the light switch is setto _A_ the low beam headlamps will not come on automatically if it is foggy This could endanger you and others Therefore turn the light switch
181. eat belts on occupants during a crash The front belt force limiters are synchronized with the front air bags which take on a part of the deceleration force Thus the force exerted on the occupant is distributed over a greater area The ETDs can only be activated if e the ignition is switched on e the restraint systems are operational see SRS warning lamp gt page 34 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on each of the lap shoulder belts in the front the front passenger seat is occupied and the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the front passenger side The ETDs on the outside seats in the rear compartment are triggered independently of the lock status of the seat belts The ETDs are triggered depending on the type and severity of an accident e in the event of a head on or rear end collision if the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a longitudinal direction during the initial stages of the impact e in the event of a side impact on the side opposite the impact if the vehicle decelerates or accelerates rapidly in a lateral direction e in certain situations if the vehicle overturns and the system determines that it can provide additional protection If the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs are triggered you will hear a bang anda small amount of powder may also be released Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released generally does not constitut
182. eather artificial leather or Alcantara covers If used often these can damage the cover H Observe the following when cleaning e clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the covers down with a dry cloth Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e clean Alcantara covers with a damp cloth Make sure you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Cleaning the seat belts gt Use clean luke warm water and soap solution H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by warming them above 176 F 80 C or placing them in direct sunlight Z Warning Do no
183. eaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts Z Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding pane
184. eceives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain additional information about vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 2 The system is called TELEAID in Canada Introduction en Limited Warranty H Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions are not covered either by Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty of Daimler AG Data stored in the vehicle Information regarding electronic recording devices Including California Code Supplement 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data If your vehicle is equipped with mbrace data is transmitted in the event of an accident This information serves for example to test vehicle systems after an accident and to continu
185. ecial seat belt retractors see gt page 58 For more information about releasing the seat belt with release button see Releasing seat belts gt page 54 Seat belt outlet height adjustment You can adjust the seat belt height on the driver s seat and the front passenger seat Adjust the height so that the upper part of the seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder gt Toraise slide the belt sash guide upwards The belt sash guide engages in various positions gt To lower press and hold belt sash guide release Q gt Slide the belt sash guide downwards gt Release belt sash guide release Q and make sure that the belt sash guide has engaged Using the seat belt on the center rear seat If the left hand rear seat backrest is folded down and back up again the rear center seat belt may lock The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt To unlock the rear center seat belt pull the seat belt out approximately 1 in 25 mm from the belt outlet on the seat backrest and release again The seat belt is retracted and released Occupant safety A oO Ge N A Occupant safety Safety a Releasing seat belts gt Press release button gt page 52 and guide belt tongue 2 back towards belt sash guide Q H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage
186. ecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfaces You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tire tread depth of 1 6 in 4mm for all four winter tires gt page 148 to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison to summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure surfaces that are not icy or covered with D snow Take appropriate care when driving E Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage gt to the drive train g io 7 Temperature H A Warning B The temperature grades are A the highest B and C These represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a s
187. ed Head restraints are intended to Adjusting the angle of the head restraints help reduce injuries during an accident Seats steering wheel and mirrors Fy Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height im E gt Push or pull the lower edge of the head restraint in the direction of the arrow If the head restraint is fully lowered it is necessary to press release catch Q 7 For vehicles without memory function only 8 Only for vehicles with memory function Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch 1 and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Adjusting the rear seat head restraint angle Adjust the head restraints so that they are as close as possible to your head You can only adjust the two outer head restraints P91 16 2801 gt Pull or push the top of the head restraint until it is in the desired position Removing and installing the rear head restraints ZA Warning Occupants should only travel sitting on seats which have the head restraints installed In the event of an accident this reduces the risk of injury for passengers seated in the rear compartment gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch Q and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt To re install insert the head restraint so that the notches on the b
188. ed Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair any factory fitted parts based on the terms and conditions of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Information for customers in California Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of
189. ed or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Hav
190. ed with the front rear axle raised Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or Driving safety systems re H Vehicles with 4MATIC switch off the ignition when the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in advance You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Safety Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 61 Traction control is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels individually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side On vehicles with 4MATIC more drive torque is also transferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active if you deactivate ESP Deactivating activating ESP A Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switc
191. ee ag ae eee ee 38 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANCHOMS osoin ae 58 License plate lamp display message neresen 185 Lights Activating deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch off on board computer sesssssseesessse 173 Active light function eee 105 Automatic headlamp mode 103 Cornering light function 106 Daytime running lamps 06 103 Driving abroad siiis ienne 102 FOS IAMPS orisii 104 Hazard warning lamps s es 105 High beam headlamps 06 104 light SWIC iriiri 102 Low beam headlamps 8 103 Rear fog lamp cc ssreeceeeeenceeeess 104 Switching the daytime driving lights on off on board computer 172 Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board computer ccossceesssseecees 172 Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer 172 Light sensor display message 186 Loading guidelines 0 0 0 0 ee 206 Locking AUTOMALUG iseenest are ei 76 Emergency locking sesser 77 From inside the vehicle central locking DULLOM wescssccssscasecezs Seveesvevenss 76 Locking verification signal on board computer eee 173 Low beam headlamp display Message oieri ires 183 Luggage Net ensenis 208 Lumbar support in 94 4 way lumbar support sesse 94 C MES Hire S iire eisie 148 Main beam headlamps display message eeens 184 Malfunction message see Disp
192. eeccesspetoneteeaen see Emergency spare wheel Speedometer Additional speedometer on board computer SESIMEMNES esiisa Setting the unit on board COMPUTER lt cisccisecsessbetsaceseceaseesticeess 171 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Display message cne 177 IMEFODUCEION scses ste sccccastesdesnssceseeseatans 34 Warning lamp ss sessscvsssssessons caavevevsys 199 Warning lamp function eee 34 Standard display on board computer eeren 166 Starting the engine Important safety notes 130 Station see Radio Steering display message 193 Steering wheel Adjusting electrically 0 00 96 Adjusting manually s es 96 Buttons on board computer 163 ICIS AMIINE eenia 241 Important safety notes ee 95 Memory function storing SELNES vc sscvectcsetcecoesstessctceceessnsess 96 Storing settings memory TUNGUIGIN serenas 100 Stowage compartments Armrest under e eesseeeereeeeeeees 207 GIOVE DOK ssri ccssescaasssegasestdeseestaes 207 Stowage space CUP MOIM ERS 2 ssessisseetenceeidhen esas 214 Important safety information 206 Submenu on board computer CONVENIENCE oo s cee sees cses ences consent 173 Factory Setting s cissesccssccesscsasssesets 174 Instrument cluster ssec 171 eA e E A E E 172 Standard display ssssiisssricrcrssrne 166 TMG Date 0302200c0s5sdesee oeeseseeaseenes 171 VeMis lezeressen re EiS 173 Summer opening see C
193. eed Odometer function allows you to choose whether certain displays appear in km h or mph in the multifunction display The selected unit of measurement for distance applies to e the digital speedometer in the Trip menu e the odometer and the trip odometer e the trip computer e the navigation instructions in the Navi menu gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v jor a button to select the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe v jor a button to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer function You will see the selected setting km or miles gt Press the OK button to save the setting Selecting the permanent display function The Permanent Display function allows you to choose whether the multifunction display always shows the outside temperature or the speed in km h USA or mph Canada gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v or a button to selectthe Instr Cluster submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Press v or a to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Speedometer km h gt Press the OK button to save the setting
194. eeeesaes 30 Override feature Rear side WINdOWS n 60 CE Paint code number cece 293 Paintwork cleaning instructions 239 Panic alarm aaao eeens 61 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opeming ClOSING s csss sccesscsseteesenssiec 86 Resetting s c ccce cetenonscecaesscteestteneess 87 Parking icici i 142 Parking aid PARKTRONIG o 2s2 sseccsssees tevesschavees 151 Rear view camera sccccceeeeteeees 154 Parking brake 0 143 Parking lamp display message 185 Parking lock Releasing manually automatic trans MISSION sc cseseccetescii sees deeseesedies 139 Parking position Exterior mirror on the front passenger side ee eeeeeeseeeeeteeeteeees 99 PARKTRONIC Activating deactivating 153 FUNCtION NOTES ceceeeeeseeenenees 151 MAMUNCLION visccesecies cacees coseendoces secs 154 Problem enanas 154 Range of the sensors cee 152 Trailer tOWING ccesssecesoseeeessoesess 153 Warning display sses 152 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only Canada eee 46 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp only USA oa 41 Pedals ccc nenns 144 Permanent display on board COMPUTED nnec 171 Permanent four wheel drive see 4MATIC Plastic trim cleaning instructions 241 Power supply trailer 0 00 00 159 Power washers s es 238 Power windows see Side windows Product information e
195. een 251 see Emergency spare wheel Combination switch ee 104 COMPASS cisscscecessecdssotseadecoucesstepsesvene 227 Consumption statistics on board computer eere Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature 83 Coolant engine Checking the leveleit 234 Display message eee 186 NOLES iiarieoirrorirerorirorriarsoi saraat 298 Temperature gauge seeccec 162 Warning lamp esee 201 Cooling see Climate control Cornering light display message 183 Crash responsive emergency lighting ecrcpisiiiirrrersirincsecsssrsti okas 107 Cruise control Cruise control lever neeese 150 Display message eccerre 189 Function notes Cup holder scissionisti Center console Rear compartment sssri 214 Current fuel consumption on board computer eeeee 166 Customer Assistance Center CAC eere aae aai taseen iaei eE 20 Customer Relations Department 21 C Dashboard see Cockpit Date on board computer 171 Daytime running lamps Display message eccerre 186 Switching on off on board COMPUTEN vs ccevescveees itsuei 172 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board COMPUTET soere ec e 172 Interior lighting on board COMPULER ssrt ressis 173 Digital speedometer 166 Display cleaning instructions 241 Display messages Bla GS erren ee 181 Calling up on board computer 175 Clearing on board computer 175 Driving Systems
196. ehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door joint e electrical components e battery e connectors e lights e seals e trim elements e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures Cleaning the wheels H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period right after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after cleaning Braking heats the brake discs and brake pads thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked up Cleaning the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inadequate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove impurities immediately where possible whilst avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or l
197. ell under the cargo compartment floor ZA Warning If items are stored in the compartment make sure compartment is securely closed In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Stowage compartments and can be used to stow small light and flat objects H Before you close the tailgate unhook the gt To open open the tailgate hook from the rain trough and fold the trunk gt Holding the ribbing press handle floor down downwards Handle Q folds upwards gt Swing the trunk floor upwards using handle until it rests against the cargo compartment cover gt To close unhook hook from rain trough 4 gt Fasten the hook to the bracket on the underside of the trunk floor gt Fold the trunk floor down gt Press the trunk floor down until it engages D Loading stowing and features Roof carrier Important safety notes Z Warning Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes P68 00 6312 31 3 Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage gt Release hook 8 from the bracket on the to the vehicle underside of the trunk floor Follow the manufacturer s installation instructions Otherwise an improperly attached roof rack system or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 165 Ib 75 kg Take into consideration that when
198. elt Occupant Classification System OCS How the occupant classification system works The Occupant Classification System OCS is standard equipment in the USA OCS categorizes the occupant on the front passenger seat by means of a weight sensor The front passenger front air bag is automatically deactivated for certain weight categories The respective status can be recognized by the amp s ssor indicator lamp With the indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible with the back against the seat backrest e with their feet on the floor If the front passenger s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests OCS may not be able to approximate the occupant s weight category If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion are damaged have the necessary repair work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz Both the driver and the front passenger should observe the
199. ely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt P40 10 5575 31 gt Place the emergency spare wheel on the wheel hub and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger tight gt Inflate the collapsible spare wheel gt page 251 Inflating the collapsible spare tire A Warning Pump up the collapsible spare wheel before lowering the vehicle You could otherwise damage the wheel rim A Warning Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the electric air pump Your vehicle is equipped with one of two electric air pumps e Version 1 electric air pump with pressure gauge on the air hose e Version 2 electric air pump with integrated pressure gauge The following description applies to both versions Differences in the way they are used will be explained in detail Flat tire ean lt e9 P40 10 5680 31 Version 1 P40 10 5369 31 Version 2 gt Version 1 open flap gt Version 1 pull connector and the air hose with pressure gauge 4 out of the housing gt Version 2 pull connector and the air hose out of the housing gt Version 1 make sure that the pressure release screw on pressure gauge 4 is closed gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the collapsible spare wheel gt Screw union nut on the air hose onto the valve gt Make sure on off switch of the electric air pump is set to 0 gt Ins
200. ely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Open the hood gt Check whether the poly V belt is torn If the poly V belt is torn H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the poly V belt is OK gt Wait until the display message disappears before restarting the engine There is otherwise a risk of engine damage gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down On board computer and displays Display messages _ On board computer and displays otherwise be damaged Display messages Check Engine 071 At Next Refuel ingCheck Engine Oil at Next Refueling engine damage H If the coolant temperature exceeds 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine fan is faulty gt At coo
201. enter for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs consult a qualified specialist workshop Do not touch the glass tube of new bulbs with your bare hands Even minor contamination can burn into the glass surface and reduce the service life of the bulbs Always use a lint free cloth or only touch the base of the bulb when installing Only use bulbs of the correct type If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Overview changing bulbs bulb types You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend P82 10 5698 31 Halogen headlamps Turn signal lamp side marker lamp WY 5 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W High beam headlamp H7 55 W Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W Low beam headlamp H7 55 W Changing bulbs ee o x P82 10 5770 31 P82 10 5571 31 d Bi Xenon headlamps License plate lamp Turn signal lamp side marker lamp License plate lamp W 5 W WY5W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Cornering lamp H7 55 W Changing the front bulbs Parking lamp standing lamp W 5 W Removing installing the cover on top of the headl
202. equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions SmartKey Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger
203. equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure warning lamp When the system detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is lit the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction warning lamp after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly On board computer and displays 3 s n e pue Sulmo s Supeo IE a 206 206 206 0 1 Stowage compartments Vehicle equipment ee Loading guidelines Stowage areas eeeeecceeeseeteeees Features a e AEE R Stowage compartments O Loading stowing and features Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences a
204. er Service under 1 888 923 8367 Shortly after successfully registering with the mbrace service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post You can use this password to log in to the mbrace section under Owners Online at http www mbusa com2 The mbrace system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires an available cellular phone network a valid SIM card and a service subscription to a surveillance service provider the battery is sufficiently charged e the corresponding cellular phone network is available for transmitting data to the customer center Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if there is sufficient GPS reception and the vehicle position can be forwarded to the customer center 25 The system is called TELEAID in Canada 26 USA only 27 USA only Features ee The mbrace system The mbrace system provides three different services e automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB info call To control the volume during an mbrace call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of the audio system You can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carri
205. er on the side of the seat or on the door control panel Lig P54 25 7709 31 Seat cushion angle Seat height Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle Head restraint height cats 58 You can store the seat settings using the Adjusting the head restraints memory function gt page 100 electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 92 up or down in the direction of Adjusting the head restraints manually the arrow Adjusting the head restraints Adjusting the head restraint height Rear seat head restraints A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as Close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation With a rear seat occupied make sure to move gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the the respective head restraint up from the desired position lowest non use position and have the gt To lower press release catch Q in the occupant adjust the head restraint properly direction of the arrow and push the head Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraint down to the desired position restraints installed when the rear seats are occupi
206. er the trunk floor e the emergency spare wheel e the wheel bolts for the emergency spare wheel e the electric air pump e the lug wrench e the folding wheel chock e the jack e the ratchet ring spanner gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines The vehicle could otherwise fall off the jack and injure you or others If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the vehicle tool kit gt page 245 The folding wheel chock is an additional securing measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a e lt P40 10 5602 31 gt Fold both plates upwards Q a Flat tire gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into openings in base plate P40 10 5413 31 Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change P40 10 5414 31 Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Ben
207. ering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident ise incows Opening and closing i 2 Side windows Opening and closing E Z Warning When opening or closing the door windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held See the section about the side windows The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the
208. ers to safety related systems and functions Hood l Opening the hood A Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others A Warning Do not open the hood when the engine is overheated You could be seriously injured Observe the coolant temperature gauge to determine whether the engine may be overheated If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment move away from the vehicle Wait until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department A Warning There is a risk of injury if the hood is open even if the engine is not running Some engine components can become very hot To avoid the risk of burns only touch those components described in the Operator s Manual and observe the relevant safety notes ZA Engine compartment A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades A Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e
209. ert connector into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 216 or into a 12 V socket gt page 217 in your vehicle 2 Roadside Assistance Ea Flat tire Roadside Assistance gt Make sure that the key is in position 1 gt page 129 in the ignition lock gt Press on off switch 2 on the electric air pump to I The electric air pump is switched on The tire is inflated A Warning The air hose and the union nut can become hot during inflation Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equipment H Do not operate the electric air pump for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The air pump can be operated again once it has cooled down gt Inflate the tires to the prescribed tire pressure The prescribed tire pressure is stated on the yellow sticker which is affixed to emergency spare wheel gt When the prescribed tire pressure has been attained press on off switch on the electric air pump to 0 The electric air pump is switched off gt Turn the key to position O in the ignition lock gt Version 1 if the tire pressure is higher than specified open the pressure release screw on pressure gauge until the correct tire pressure is set gt Version 2 if the tire pressure is higher than specified press pressure release button until the correct tire pressure is set gt Unscrew union nut of the air hose from the valve g
210. es consequences and gt Solutions The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode is deteriorating It is only possible to shift into 2nd gear and reverse gear The transmission no gt Stop the vehicle longer changes gear gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into 2nd gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately Driving and parking Releasing the parking lock manually cloth from the right hand edge pulling it up and out gt Press release button 2 down and simultaneously move the selector lever out of position P The selector lever can now be moved freely until it is returned to position P In the event of an electrical malfunction it is possible to release the selector lever lock manually to move it out of position P e g if you wish to tow the vehicle away Transfer case This section is only valid for vehicles with 4 wheel drive 4MATIC Power is always transmitted to both axles H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be damaged Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for a performance test Mercedes Benz recommends that you
211. es out a self diagnosis A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button A does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Information button Gil does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button Aj or Information button Q i remains illuminated constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative or Tele Aid Not Activated appears in the b gt Loading stowing and features a Features O Loading stowing and features multifunction display after the system self test Ifa malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under the number 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes H A license agreement must exist in order to activate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and ready for use and press the Q i MB info call button to register If you canno
212. etween your vehicle and a trailer P AAA Ed H Fold in the ball coupling if the trailer tow hitch is not required PARKTRONIC measures the minimum detection range to an obstacle from the bumper not the ball coupling One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle il Driving systems LJ Driving and parking Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Only the red segments PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off inthe PARKTRONIC gt f problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified warning displays are lit specialist workshop You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is deactivated after approximately 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference inthe PARKTRONIC gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 240 warning displays are lit gt Swi SNA PARKTRONIC is Switch the ignition back on deactivated after The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or approximately 20 ultrasound waves seconds gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Rear view camera Important safety notes The rear view camera is an optical parking aid It shows the area behind your vehicle in the COMAND display A Warning Make sur
213. ever R 12 MB windshield washer concentrate gt page 299 Mixing ratio for washer fluid gt page 299 Pa Technical data Service products and capacities Technical data Fuel Important safety notes A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging to your health Premium grade unleaded gasoline H To ensure the longevity and full performance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If premium grade unleaded gasoline is unavailable and regular gasoline is used observe the following precautions e only fill the fuel tank to half full with regular unleaded gasoline and add the rest as soon as possible with premium grade unleaded gasoline e do not drive at the maximum speed e avoid sudden acceleration e when the vehicle is carrying a light cargo e g two passengers without luggage do not allow the engine to rev above 3000 rpm e when the vehicle is fully loaded or being operated in mountainous terrain do not depress the accelerator pedal further than 2 of the pedal travel Fuel requirements Use only premium grade unleaded gasolin
214. ey has been removed For this reason children should never be left unsupervised in Press and hold the relevant storage the vehicle They could otherwise become position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat trapped when adjusting the seat or the steering wheel and exterior mirrors are in steering wheel the stored position z The setting procedure is interrupted as A Ul soon as you release the storage position Only use the memory function on the driver s button side when the vehicle is stationary You could otherwise be distracted from the traffic conditions by the steering wheel and seat moving of their own accord and as a result cause an accident La S1JadIM pjalySpuIM pue s 43817 a 102 102 106 107 113 Interior lighting ceeeeeeee Changing bulbs a Windshield wipers 0 06 Vehicle equipment eeee Exterior lighting c cee A Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers m Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Exterior lighting Important safety notes For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you drive with the lights switched on even
215. f e g removing charging or replacing Always have this work performed at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the power supply has been interrupted e g if the battery has been reconnected you must carry out the following tasks e set the clock gt page 171 e reset the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt page 87 e reset the function for automatically folding the exterior mirrors in out by folding the mirrors out once gt page 98 Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an Battery p authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge the battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Z Warning There is a risk of acid burns during the charging process due to the gases which escape from the battery Do not lean over the battery during the charging process A Warning Battery acid is caustic Avoid contact with the skin eyes or cloth
216. f the sliding sunroof cannot be opened or closed due to a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Do not forget that the weather can change abruptly Make certain that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle interior Opening and closing E Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Overhead control panel To raise To open To close The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can only be moved when the roller sunblinds are open gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Push or pull the E5 switch in the corresponding direction if you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing again Automatic raising is only available if the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the closed position General notes The roller sunblinds provide protection from the sun The two roller sunblinds can only be opened and closed together when the panorama r
217. ferences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Important safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you require information on tested and recommended tires and wheels for summer and winter driving Advice on purchasing and caring for tires is also available there A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct Z Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used er Important safety notes A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to yo
218. fering protection Observe the manufacturer s instructions when installing special child restraint systems A Warning When using a BabySmart compatible child restraint system on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is only disabled if the 8 iso indicator lamp is illuminated Check the 8 iter indicator lamp repeatedly every time you use a BabySmart compatible child restraint system on the front passenger seat Should the 8 ese indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is nstalled please check installation If the B ess indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart child restraint system to carry a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Rje PASS ff AIRBAG Special child restraint systems which are compatible with BabySmart are necessary for deactivating the front passenger front air bag When the special child restraint system which is compatible with BabySmart is installed correctly and is recognized by the sensor system in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is deactivated In this case B x indicator lamp Q illuminates If you have any questions regarding the special child restraint systems which are compatible with BabySmart consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the key has been removed f
219. functions e cooling with air dehumidification on e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off gt To deactivate press the g button The indicator lamp in the qy button goes out The previously selected settings come into effect again The cooling with air dehumidification function remains on Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Press the auto button The indicator lamp in the qy button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Turn controls Q or 8 clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 119 or gt Press the 8 Jor button Maximum cooling MAX COOL The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running When you activate MAX COOL climate control switches to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on fe gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To deactivate press the 4k button again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings come into effect again Defrosting the windows Windows fogged up on the inside gt Activate the cooling with air dehum
220. g and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s b gt Fy Tires and wheels Tires and wheels responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level at which the low tire pressure indicator lamp of the TPMS lights up Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure indicator lamp When the system detects a malfunction the indicator lamp will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is lit the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction indicator after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than 10 minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction b
221. g slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop On board computer and displays fea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster LJ On board computer and displays Problem Al The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds Al The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running LA The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident EBD is faulty Therefore ABS BAS hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are not available either due to a malfunction The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ABS and ESP are faulty Therefore BA
222. g the zone maps Garage door system with rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes briefly and then lights up for approximately two seconds This is repeated for up to 20 seconds The transmitter will transmit a signal for as long as the transmitter button is being pressed The transmission will be halted after a maximum of 20 seconds and indicator lamp Q will flash Press the transmitter button again if necessary El Features EE Loading stowing and features Ors P82 87 2117 31 ON Zone map for South America gt Press and hold button for approximately three seconds The currently selected zone appears in compass display 2 gt To select the zone press button repeatedly until the desired zone is selected The zone has been selected when compass display 2 shows the point of the compass This takes a few seconds gt To calibrate the compass make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding the remaining traffic In order to calibrate the compass correctly observe the following points e calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel structures or high voltage power lines e switch off electrical consumers such as climate control the windscreen wipers or the rear window heating e close all doors and the tailgate gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold button for approximately six seconds until the C symbol a
223. ghing less than the system s weight threshold on the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect the additional weight of objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt If necessary secure the child in a child restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Make sure that there are no objects adding to the weight applied to the seat The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Make sure that the seat is unoccupied and has no objects placed on it close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Observe the B ieseor gt page 41 indicator lamps and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the amp sor indicator lamp must light up and remain lit When the indicator lamp is on OCS gt page 41 has deactivated the front passenger air bag e The Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual display messages must not appear Wait for at least 60 se
224. glance 3 Function Page Function Page Multifunction display 164 On COMAND audio system Back or deactivates voice see the separate operating control instructions lt P gt GE Selects a menu 165 Makes accepts or rejects A Y ends a call 169 Selects the submenu or AE scrolls through lists 165 OK Adjusts the volume M Confirms selections and hides display messages Mute OR Activates voice control see the separate operating instructions Center console Cee Function Hazard warning lamps ATA indicator lamp Indicator lamp B to USA only Indicator lamp 8 jeso Canada only ESP COMAND audio system see the separate operating instructions Seat heating Page 105 65 41 46 63 95 0000 Center console P68 20 423131 Function Page PARKTRONIC 1511 Stowage compartment 206 Ashtray ZS Cigarette lighter 216 Selector lever 134 Cup holder 214 Stowage compartment 206 Audio COMAND controller Selects the drive program 137 Ea Overhead control panel E Overhead control panel PENi n At a glance Function To switch the rear interior lighting on off OF aa To switch the automatic interior lighting control on off d To switch the right hand reading lamp on off E To open close the panorama roof with power tilt slidi
225. gt On board computer and displays E Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Engine Problem The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running W The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the engine is running W The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system e the fuel system The emission limit values may have been exceeded and the engine may be breaking in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states provinces you are required by law to visit a qualified specialist workshop as soon as the Check Engine warning lamp lights up If necessary check whether this is the case in the state province you are in The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed c
226. gt Solutions There is only a small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range i gt l at th ion muel Levei Lon Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking Gas Cap Loose gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler On board computer and displays cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cruise Control Cruise control is faulty Inoperative A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise Control A condition for activating cruise control has not been met mph You attempted to save a speed of less than 20 mph 30 km h gt f the situation allows drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and save the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 149 Tires A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires
227. gt page This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz Before you drive off please familiarize yourself with your vehicle and read this manual especially the safety and warning notices This will help you to obtain the maximum pleasure from your vehicle and to avoid endangering yourself and others The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz is constantly updating its vehicles to the state of the art Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features You cannot therefore base any claims on the data illustrations or descriptions contained in this manual The following are integral parts of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Brief Instructions e Service Booklet e Supplements relating to vehicle equipment Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times When you sell the vehicle always pass the documents on to the new owner The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 1 Canada only 204584548 1 MI MHNMINNININNNNINI NINN N oO o oo P an aa oO oO oa gt oO o o Ss a 3 3 e on Driving and parking
228. h off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted Safety LJ ESP is activated automatically when the engine is running It may be best to deactivate ESP in the following situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel A Warning Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin When you deactivate ESP ESP no longer improves driving stability e the engine s torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels can spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action which provides better grip e traction control is still activated ESP still provides support when you brake If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the A warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle gt To deactivate press button Q The amp warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up EA Driving safety systems A Warning When the ESP OFF warning lamp lights up ESP is switched off When the A ESP warning lamp and the ESP OFF warning lamp are on continuously ESP is not operational due to a malfunction When ESP is switched off or not operational the vehicle s stability during standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt
229. haracteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Characteristics of the tire FS a0 Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example This information describes the tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall Q and under the tread Definitions for tires and loading Structure and condition of the tire Describes the number of layers or the number of rubber coated belts in the tire tread and the tire wall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the United States Department of Transportation Average weight of the vehicle occupants The number of occupants for which the vehicle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics The quality grading assessment is mad
230. he Tires and wheels section in the Technical data chapter e mount snow chains only in pairs and only on the rear wheels Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions H if snow chains are mounted on the front wheels the snow chains could grind against the bodywork or components of the chassis This could result in damage to the vehicle or the tires H Vehicles with steel wheels If you wish to mount snow chains to steel wheels make sure that you remove the respective wheels hubcaps first The hubcaps may otherwise be damaged Driving systems Eee You may wish to deactivate A Warning ESP gt page 63 when pulling away with Make sure that you do not endanger other snow chains installed This way you can road users when you apply the brakes allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner achieving an increased driving force cutting action Driving abroad Slippery road surfaces An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network TTT is also available in other countries The A Warning Service Hotline s current telephone numbers If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make for use when you are abroad are to be found sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe in the Service24h section of the Service and from around the vehicle with the engine Booklet running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation
231. he driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure F The actual values for tires are specific to each vehicle and may deviate from the values in the illustration Maximum tire load Q is the maximum permitted weight for which the tire is approved Further information on tire loads gt page 280 Direction of rotation Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these benefits if the correct direction of rotation is observed An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation You may mount an emergency spare wheel spare wheel against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emergency spare wheel spare wheel Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Overview of tire quality standards The Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their purpose is to provide drivers with uniform reliable information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors Q tread wear 2 tire traction and heat resistance All tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality class mark on the sidewall of the
232. he SmartKey gt Before the next starting attempt with KEYLESS GO shut all open vehicle doors so that the signals from the SmartKey may be better received or gt Pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition gt Use the SmartKey to start the engine gt page 131 as external radio signals cause KEYLESS GO to malfunction Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the starter battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 256 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop bo lt i 2 3 z bo gt Q Automatic transmission LJ Driving and parking Problem The engine is not Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or a mechanical running smoothly and component of the engine management system is misfiring gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly gt Have the cause rectified imme
233. he vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Opening and closing Fy Opening and closing hI Unlocking and opening doors from the inside You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked unless the child proof locks have been activated gt page 60 Only open the door if traffic conditions allow you to do so If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 65 gt Front door pull door handle If the door is locked locking knob Q pops up The door is unlocked and can be opened gt Rear door pull up locking knob Q on the respective rear door The rear door is unlocked and can be opene
234. heel shoulder before changing lanes still adjusting could cause the driver to lose aa ERE ERIC The exterior mirrors are automatically heated if the rear window defroster is switched on if the crash responsive EASY EXIT feature 2d the outside temperature is low is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened This occurs irrespective of the position of the key in the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational after an accident if the EASY EXIT ENTRY feature is activated in the on board computer Seats steering wheel and mirrors ia gt Make sure that the key is in position 1 or gt Press button C for the left hand exterior mirror or button 2 for the right hand Rear view mirror manual anti glare exterior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button up down to the right or to the left until the exterior mirror is set to a position which provides you with a good overview of traffic conditions Rear view mirror P68 40 2178 31 Seats steering wheel and mirrors Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically This function is only availab
235. hen you lock the vehicle When you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door the exterior mirrors fold out again If you have switched the function on and you fold the exterior mirrors in using the button on the door gt page 98 they will not fold out automatically The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v or a button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm gt Pressthe v or a button toselect the Fold Mirrors in when Locking function You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to save the setting Resetting to factory settings For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lights function in the Light submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe v or a button to select the Factory Setting submenu gt Press the The Reset Al appears gt Press the No or Yes gt Press the selection OK button to confirm Settings message Vv or A button to select OK button to confirm the If
236. i cernas ia TeS PAM sect A r ears Plastic trim ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaee Power washer Rear view camera ccccceeceeee eee eee 240 ROOT MIMS sioro eann 242 Seat Dt visi cscsiisasiesaisscisisivessdessecves 242 Seat COVELS cecsesseccesesseeeceessseaeeees 242 DENSOMS r ri aE R 240 Steering WHEE ss ccacssssecsotevezecsesecees 241 Tail pipes sessioissa Trim strips Washing by hand sses 238 Wheels cccccceeeeseessecesteeeaeeeeeeeess 238 WINDOWS oeeo enar oak devdisenees 239 Wiper blades veisc sseccsecesetsdsusevesctenees 239 Wooden TIm sssini 241 Cargo compartment cover Cargo compartment enlargement 208 Cargo compartment floor Opening closing seses 212 Stowage well under nsss 212 Cargo net Attaching vexed cesses sosensadeedeseaceceseaaees 211 Important safety information 211 Cargo tie down rings eee 209 CD player CD changer on board COMpPUtel sc 4st Center console Central locking Automatic locking on board computer SmartKey Changing bulbs He adlaMpSisccsiatecdscceenssdesssesehsvaneeass Changing gears eee Changing the programming SmartKey vs iesaessrccdenvsceasenscceacecesess 71 Child proof locks Rar dOOTS useen neninn 60 Children inthe vehicle seccsseccssccdecasiensdessecnsveves Restraint systems Child seat Automatic recognition s es 46 Automatic recognition air bag deactivation self test ce 48 Display messag
237. icle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts N Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter Center console front gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automatically when the heating element is red hot 12 V sockets Points to observe before use H If you are using all sockets in the vehicle make sure that you do not exceed the maximu
238. icle equipment eee Occupant safety cccceceeeeees 34 Children in the vehicle 55 Panic alarin c 2e cer eerie eseeceets 61 Driving safety systems 61 Anti theft systems ccccee 65 E Occupant safety Safety Oo Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Occupant safety Overview of occupant safety In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraint systems e LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors Additional protection is provided by e SRS Supplemental Restraint System e NECK PRO head restraints e Air bag system components with PASSENGER air bag OFF indicator lamp USA only front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Canada only front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system The different air bag systems work independently of each other The protective functions of the systems work in conjunction with each other Not all air bags are deployed in an accident A Warning Modification
239. ide of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e fuse box in the stowage well under the trunk floor on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit gt page 245 in the stowage compartment under the trunk floor Fuses ee Fuse box in the cockpit J H Do not use a pointed object such as a screwdriver to open the cover in the dashboard You could damage the dashboard or the cover why gt To open pull out cover slightly at the bottom in the direction of arrow gt Pull cover Q outwards in the direction of arrow 2 and remove it gt To close clip in cover Q on the front of the dashboard gt Fold cover Q inwards until it engages Fuse box in the engine compartment gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off A Risk of injury Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off and the key is pulled out of the ignition lock before you open the cover of the fuse box Otherwise the windshield wipers and the wiper rods above the cover could be set in motion This could lead to you or others being injured by the wiper rods gt Open the hood gt page 232 S Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance NA J aay wadestos200 94 gt Remove any existing moisture from the fuse box using a dry cloth gt Take lines 2 from the guides gt To open open clam
240. idification function ac gt Activate automatic mode auto gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the defrosting function gt page 122 You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Windows fogged up on the outside gt Switch on the windshield wipers gt Press the button repeatedly until the 1 or 2 symbol appears in the display You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Rear window defroster Activating deactivating A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others Operating the control systems eed The rear window heating has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the window is clear as it only switches off automatically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear window heating may switch off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the 8 button The indicator lamp in the RB button lights up or goes out Problems with the rear window heating The rear window heating has deactivated itself prematurely or cannot be activated gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps or interior lighting When the battery is sufficien
241. if featured to the hydraulic brake system of the towing vehicle as the latter is Towing a trailer equipped with an anti lock brake system Doing so will result in a loss of function of the brake systems of both the vehicle and the trailer The vehicle s wiring harness features a line to the brake indicator lamp gt Make sure that the automatic transmission is set to position P gt Apply the vehicle s parking brake gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Couple up the trailer gt Establish all electrical connections Towing a trailer There are numerous legal requirements concerning the towing of a trailer e g speed restrictions Make sure that your vehicle trailer combination complies with the local requirements not only in your area of residence but also at any location to which you are traveling The police and local authorities can provide reliable information Please observe the following when towing a trailer e To acquaint yourself with driving with a trailer and with the resulting changes to handling you should practice cornering stopping and reversing in a traffic free location Before driving check the trailer coupling the safety switch for braked trailers the safety chains the electrical connections the lights the wheels Adjust the exterior mirrors to provide an unobstructed view of the rear section of the trailer If the trailer features electronically controlled
242. ighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax H Do not affix e stickers e films magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork If water no longer forms beads on the painted surface paint care products should be used that have been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on climatic conditions and the care product used If dirt has entered the paint surface or the paintwork has become dull a paint cleaner should be used that has been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz Never use such care products in direct sunlight or on a hot hood gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up stick for quick temporary repair of damaged paintwork Cleaning the windows A Warning Switch off the windshield wipers and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock before cleaning the windshield or the wiper blades On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster have gone off The windshield wipers could otherwise move and injure you H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood gt Clean the inside and outside of the windows with a damp cloth and a cleaning agent that is recommended and approved by Mercede
243. ildren that are too large for a child restraint must travel in seats using normal seat belts Position shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not face or neck In order to attain the correct seating position for children weighing over 41 Ib 18 kg it may be necessary to use a booster seat until they reach a height where a normal lap shoulder seat belt lies properly across their bodies without the need for a booster seat Install the child restraint system according to the manufacturer s instructions The child restraint system must be installed firmly on both brackets An incorrectly installed child restraint system can come loose in the event of an accident causing the child to be severely or fatally injured Child restraint systems child restraint retaining brackets that are damaged or have suffered damage due to an impact must be replaced ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats Securing rings for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right of the rear seats Use the vehicle s seat belts to install child restraint systems without the ISOFIX securing system Follow the manufacturer s instructions for of child restraint systems Children in the vehicle En H When installing the child restraint system Top Tether provides an additional attachment make sure that the seat belt for the center point between the LATCH
244. in the front gt To lock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it 90 clockwise to position Glove box zl Depending on the vehicle equipment gt To unlock insert the mechanical key into there is an AUX IN connection or a Media the lock and turn it 90 counter clockwise Interface installed in the glove box Media to position 1 Interface is a universal interface for mobile audio equipment e g for an iPod or USB devices see separate COMAND operating Stowage compartment under the instructions armrest The glove box can be ventilated A small and a large stowage compartment gt page 125 are located under the armrest The small stowage compartment can be removed for emptying Loading stowing and features gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap upwards gt To open press left hand button or right until it engages hand button Q The stowage compartment opens The glove box can only be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key Stowage compartments in the rear Stowage pockets A Warning Storage bags are intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the storage bag In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Storage bags
245. inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Check all tires when cold including the spare tire at least once a month The tires should be inflated to the recommended pressure This information can be found e on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side or e in the table for the tire pressure on the inside of the fuel filler flap Z Warning The tire pressure loss warning system does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle e road conditions are wintry e you are d
246. ing H Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed H Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V H Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 256 gt Open the hood gt page 232 gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and earth point in the same order as when connecting the donor battery in the jump starting procedure gt page 256 Z Roadside Assistance a Roadside Assistance zs Jump stara Jump starting A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructio
247. ing vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in the center console P68 00 5725 31 Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit or lean your bodyweight on the armrests when they are folded out as you could damage them H Only fold the armrests up when the cup holder is closed The cup holder may otherwise be damaged P68 00 5988 31 gt To open raise the armrest cover gt Press release catch 4 Cup holder 2 folds out forwards gt Swing the armrest cover back down if necessary gt To close raise the armrest cover gt Swing cup holder 2 back until it engages gt Swing the armrest cover back down if necessary Overview of the sun visor A Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while the vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into retainer and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold do
248. ing panel may lock in the open position If the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel cannot be closed or adjusted contact a qualified specialist workshop e g a Mercedes Benz Service Center gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the E switch to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow 2 and hold it until the roller sunblinds are fully open gt Press the switch to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow 2 and hold it until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel has opened about 10 cm gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an additional second gt Pull the switch to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow 3 and hold it until the roller sunblinds are fully closed gt Keep the E switch pulled for an additional second gt Make sure that the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can be opened fully again gt page 86 gt If this is not the case the previously described steps must be repeated or you should consult a qualified specialist workshop Sliding sunroof Opening and closing i Sliding sunroof Problems with the sliding sunroof Problem the sunroof cannot be closed and you canno
249. ing brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt To apply depress parking brake 2 firmly When the engine is running the prae USA Canada only indicator lamp only or lights up in the instrument cluster gt To release depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the erake USA only or in the instrument cluster Canada only indicator lamp goes out Driving and parking wis Driving tps Oo Driving and parking Parking up the vehicle If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharge gt Disconnect the battery or connect it to a trickle charger You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice General driving tips Important safety notes A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when dri
250. ing messages Displays and operation Coolant temperature gauge A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down The coolant temperature gauge is in the instrument cluster on the right hand side Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C H If the coolant temperature is too high a display message is shown Displays and operation Hite If the coolant temperature rises above the buttons on the multifunction steering 248 F 120 C do not drive any further as wheel this could damage the engine The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrevving range H Do not drive in the overrevving range as this could damage the engine The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached Outside temperature disp The outside temperature display is in the multifunction display On board computer and displays
251. int cushion back in the direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go gt Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion down into the guide in the direction of arrow 3 as far as it will go gt Firmly fold the NECK PRO head restraint cushion back in the direction of arrow until it engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO head restraint Seat belts Important safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened when the vehicle is in motion See Children in the vehicle gt page 55 for more information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraints for infants and children A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injur
252. ion display button to select If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press a or VW to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction display After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button or gt If the message Tire Pressure now OK p j appears use A or v to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Tire pressure monitoring system USA only Important safety notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehicle s wheels have sensors installed that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pressure monitor warns you when the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct wheel electronics units are installed in all wheels The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warning lamp in the instrument cluster for indicating a pressure loss or malfunction Depending on how the warning lamp flashes or lights up a tire pressure that is too l
253. iously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates when securing a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat you must move the front passenger seat as far back as possible use a child restraint system that is suitable for the age size and weight of the child observe the manufacturer s installation instructions in order to install and secure the child restraint system correctly A Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position the shoulder belt across the chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 lb 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster b gt Safety Ea Children in the vehicle Safety When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in
254. iper arm in the direction of the arrow Installing the wiper blade gt Slide the new wiper blade into the retainer on the wiper arm in the opposite direction to the arrow Make sure that the wiper blade slides fully into the retainer on the wiper arm gt Turn the wiper blade parallel to the wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield Replacing the rear window wiper blade A Warning The wiper arm could be set in motion and injure you if the windscreen wipers are switched on Remove the key from the ignition lock before replacing the wiper blade Windshield wipers leeks Lights and windshield wipers za Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers 2 Removing the wiper blade gt Remove the key from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm Q away from the rear window until it engages gt Position wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm Q P82 30 2850 2i5 gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade in the direction of the arrow until it is released gt Remove wiper blade Installing the wiper blade gt Place new wiper blade onto wiper arm 4 gt Hold wiper arm and press wiper blade in the opposite direction to the arrow until it engages gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Position wiper blade parallel to wiper arm gt Fold wiper arm back onto the rear window Problems with the windshield wipers
255. ire pressures gt page 269 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 271 A Warning If you use your spare wheel when M S tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with an M S tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use snow chains which have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality H There is not enough space for snow chains on some wheel sizes Observe the information under Tires and wheels in the Technical Data section to avoid damage to the vehicle or the wheels Only use snow chains when driving on an area completely covered by snow Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h Remove the snow chains as soon as possible when you are no longer driving on snow covered roads Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Applicable regulations must be observed if you wish to mount snow chains e Snow chains must not be mounted on emergency spare wheels If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e you may not attach snow chains to all wheel tire combinations see t
256. ired Achild in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions e For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag should also have deployed OCS may have determined e that the seat was unoccupied or occupied by a weight of up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint e that the seat was occupied by a small individual e g a young teenager or a small adult or a child who weighs more than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint system These are examples of when OCS deactivates the front passenger front air bag The air bag is deactivated despite the impact fulfilling the criteria for deploying the driver s front air bag Occupant safety bts Safety Bar Occupant safety PASS 02 AIRBAG If the SmartKey has been removed from the ignition lock or is in position 0 indicat
257. is highlighted by a red rectangle If the Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display gt Check the tire pressure on all four wheels and correct it if necessary if the wheel positions on the vehicle are interchanged the tire pressures may be displayed for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the reference values for monitoring The TPMS must be restarted when you set the tire pressure to a new value as a result of changed handling or load characteristics for example The TPMS then monitors the new tire pressure values Restart the tire pressure monitor after you have set the tire pressure to the value recommended for the desired driving situation gt page 266 Only correct tire pressures on cold tires Comply with the recommended tire pressures on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side Additional tir
258. k gt f necessary add coolant which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 298 Engine compartment Windshield washer system headlamp cleaning system The washer fluid reservoir is used for both the windshield washer system and the headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned H At temperatures below freezing always fill the washer fluid container with a mix of windshield washer concentrate and antifreeze additive There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windshield washer system headlamp cleaning system H Only use washer fluid concentrate which is suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable washer fluid concentrate could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the fluid level measuring gauge could be damaged Add windshield washer concentrate e g MB SummerFit to the washer fluid all year round z PB2 35 2599 344 Example washer fluid reservoir TE Maintenance and care Le Maintenance and care gt Mix the windshield washer fluid in a container beforehand gt At temperatures above freezing fill the washer fluid rese
259. k gt Press the lt or gt button to select the Service menu gt Press the a jor Vv Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure for each wheel will be displayed in the multifunction display button to select If the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears in the display After a teach in period the tire pressure monitor automatically recognizes new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure values to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored if a spare wheel emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the position where the spare wheel is mounted is not the same as the spare wheel emergency spare wheel s current tire pressure TPMS warning messages If the tire pressure monitor detects a significant pressure loss on one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds and the tire pressure warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster Each tire that is affected by a significant loss of pressure
260. kage 42 When the vehicle is loaded and ready to drive fuel tank full all fluids filled with driver Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without the written permission of Daimler AG As at 26 02 2010 Edition A 2011
261. king and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals Z Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Coasting with the engine switched off A Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion Exhaust check A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ve
262. l make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding panel is equipped with the automatic operation and anti entrapment features If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding panel operates differently when the roof panel switch is pressed and held See the relevant section in this chapter for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding panel can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction Z Warning The panorama roof with tilt sliding panel is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as b gt Opening and closing B A Sliding sunroof entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H I
263. lant It also includes the air conditioning system and optional equipment if these are installed on the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage m Tires and wheels Maximum tire load The maximum tire load in kilograms or pounds is the maximum weight for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Le Tires and wheels Definitions for tires and loading Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle ion lt 9 Standard unit of measurement for tire pressure Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to every square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold For this the vehicle must have been stationary for at least three hours or not have traveled more than 1 6 km 1 mile in this time The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road The tire bead contains steel wire which is bound by steel cords that hold the tire on the wheel rim The part of the tire between the tread and the tire bead The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard part and more than 2 3 kilograms 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high
264. lant temperatures below 248 F 120 C continue driving to the next qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in mountainous terrain and stop start driving The battery is not being charged Possible causes are e a faulty alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Open the hood gt Check whether the poly V belt is torn If the poly V belt is torn H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the poly V belt is OK gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The engine oil level has dropped to a critical level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level gt page 233 gt If necessary add the engine oil gt page 234 gt Have the engine checked for leaks if engine oil has to be added more often than usual Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http www mbusa com USA only H The oil level is too low Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil There is a risk of The display messages and the corresponding symbol that indicate that the oil level is too low must not be ignored Display messages Ree Display messages Possible causes consequences and
265. lay messages Malfunctions relevant to safety RE POMEL 8 roerien iarssreiniiski 21 mbrace Call PRIORITY s ccssecvessisescasvcosssassesatests 223 Display message ecer 177 Downloading destinations COMAND cvcessssscessrceviecsssretecennes 223 Emergency Gall ccesssciccssessdescesssses 220 Important safety notes 00 0 219 Locating a stolen vehicle 224 MB info call button sser 222 Remote vehicle locking 224 Roadside Assistance button 221 Self tesben 219 S e E E A T 219 Vehicle remote unlocking 223 Mechanical key Function MOLES sisssssrsiissesisessss 71 Memory card on board computer 169 Memory function 100 Menu on board computer AUdIO oseere acei 168 DVDi vert esteessacesiiectevtieed cesuiessseextcs 169 Navigation cennara 167 Overview of MENUS ceeeeeeeee 165 SOVICE e o ERRE 170 SEMINE S eien E 171 TElephoNE eaan 169 WGI o E EE E 166 Message memory secen 175 Messages see Display messages Mirrors SUM WISON erer as etaen Sse 215 see Exterior mirrors or Rear view mirror MP3 Operating on board computer 169 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display 164 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 163 OVEIWIEW seira rerea Era 28 C Navigation On board Computer sses 167 see separate operating instructions NECK PRO head restraints Operations nt 49
266. le causes consequences and gt Solutions You are driving with the parking brake engaged gt Release the parking brake The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases A Risk of accident There is insufficient brake fluid in the fluid reservoir gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display Do not add brake fluid This will not rectify the problem Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned On board computer and displays A Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Seat belts Problem FA After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds FA After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warning tone sounds for up to 6 seconds E The red seat belt warning lamp
267. le in vehicles for Canada H Fold in the exterior mirrors when driving the vehicle into an automatic car wash The mirrors could otherwise be damaged gt Make sure that the key is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while the vehicle is in motion as they may otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 9 mph 15 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Resetting the exterior mirrors This function is only available in vehicles for Canada If the battery has been disconnected or completely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Fold in mirrors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 174 gt Make sure that the key is in position 1 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically This function is only available in vehicles for Canada If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 174 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the outside e the exterior mirrors fold out again automatically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door The mirrors do not fold o
268. lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed FA The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 50 A Risk of injury The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 50 The warning tone ceases A Risk of injury The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 50 The warning lamp goes out A Risk of injury There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out A Risk of injury The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt In addition you are driving faster than 15 mph 25 km h or you have briefly driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 50 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent audible warning ceases A Risk of injury There are objects on the front passenger seat In addition you are driving faster than 15 mph 25 km h or you have briefly driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place
269. lt on the brake discs and the brake pads linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly longer braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully without putting other road users at risk when you are driving on salted roads This helps to remove any salt that may have started to build up on the brake discs and the brake pads linings e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake discs Maintenance of the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warning tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multifunction display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immediately This work should be carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop This work should be carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or othe
270. ly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure You will find a table of recommended tire pressures on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 274 You will find a table of tire pressures for various operating conditions on the inside of your vehicle s fuel filler flap Use a suitable pressure gauge The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked using the on board computer A Warning Should the tire pressure drop repeatedly e check the tire for foreign bodies e check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking e make sure that only a valve cap approved by Mercedes Benz is installed on the tire valve
271. m current draw of 55 A Otherwise you will overload the fuses The socket can be used for accessories with a maximum power consumption of 180 W e g lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the socket for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge Dashboard socket The socket is installed in vehicles with audio equipment or COMAND gt Open the glove box gt page 207 gt Lift up the cover of socket Q An additional socket is installed in the center console on vehicles without an ashtray with cigarette lighter XY P A gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt Lift up the cover of socket gt To close press cover Q briefly at the front The cover moves back Socket in the rear compartment A socket is installed in the center console in the rear compartment in vehicles with an ashtray and a cigarette lighter Loading stowing and features gt Pull cover 2 out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket Q Socket in the cargo compartment The socket is located in the cargo compartment on the left hand side trim U Ea Features EE Loading stowing and features 115 V socket Z Warning The 115V AC socket operates at high voltage Use the 115V AC socket in the vehicle with the same caution and prudence that you exercise when using power outlets at home Keep any fluids away from the 115V AC socket Do
272. mar TC ITE Nara Ne Fit oS S as N oH S c5 or es GLK Symbols gt gt This symbol marks a warning or Registered trademarks procedure which is continued on the next page Display Text in the multifunction display COMAND display e BabySmart is a registered trademark of the Siemens Automotive Corp e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Inc e ESP is a registered trademark of Daimler AG HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e Logic 7 is a registered trademark of Harman International Industries Incorporated e Microsoft a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation in the USA and in other countries e SIRIUS and related brands are registered trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc Windows Media is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation in the USA and in other countries In this Operator s Manual you will find the following symbols A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that could cause damage to your vehicle Practical tips or other information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates instructions that you must follow gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates instructions with several steps
273. mation if it is necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat e Children under 12 years may only sit in the front passenger seat if they are seated ina child restraint system which is compatible with BabySmart and approved by Mercedes Benz If the child restraint system is installed properly the front passenger front air bag is deactivated in conjunction with the BabySmart system Otherwise the child could be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash This could lead to serious or fatal injury A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to eliminate this risk completely is never to place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint on the rear seat If it is necessary to install a BabySmart compatible rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat make sure the 8 k indicator lamp is illuminated This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the Zh keo indicator lamp does not light up or goes out when the child restraint system is installed check the anchorages of the restraint system Periodi
274. mbusa com USA only A Service products and capacities A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Service products and capacities ne Capacities Engine oil and filter Power steering Cooling system Tank capacity Reserve Air conditioning system Windshield headlamp cleaning system Vehicle model All models All models All models All models All models All models All models Capacity 7 4 US gt 7 01 Approximately 1 1 US qt 1 0 I Approximately 8 9 US qt 8 4 I 17 4 US gal 66 0 I Approximately 2 1 US gal 8 0 6 3 US qt 6 0 I 37 Mixed with water or premixed washer fluid with antifreeze protection Fuel coolant lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB power steering fluid or approved Dexron III ATF MB 325 0 corrosion inhibitor antifreeze agent Gasoline engines premium grade unleaded gasoline at least 91 octane average value between 96 RON 86 MON Diesel engines ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD maximum sulfur content 15 ppm Refrigerant R134a and special PAG lubricant n
275. media can be played depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND APS and select the audio device or medium see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu CD player display example Current track gt To select the next previous track briefly press the a or v button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until the desired track has been reached If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and name of the track The current track does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Audio menu Current scene gt To select the next or previous scene briefly press the a or the Vv gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until the desired scene has been reached Telephone menu Introduction You can establish a Bluetooth wireless connection t
276. mended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating materials e g covers bags seat covers child seats or booster seats H When you move the seats make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and the objects The head restraints in the front seats are installed with the NECK PRO system gt page 49 For this reason it is not possible to remove the head restraints from the front seats The rear compartment head restraints can be removed gt page 94 Please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Related topics e Cargo compartment enlargement folding the rear bench seat forwards gt page 208 6 Only for vehicles with the memory function the seats can be adjusted within five minutes of opening a front door The time span starts over if within these five minutes you e open or close a front door e insert the key into or remove the key from the ignition lock e switch the ignition on or off If the key is in position 2 in the ignition you can adjust the seats at any time Depending on the equipment the seat adjustment switches are located eith
277. mitter button on the garage door remote control gt Repeat the procedure for the other transmitter buttons When doing so vary the distance between the garage door s remote control and the transmitter buttons in the rear view mirror If the garage door system works with a rolling code you must synchronize the remote control integrated into the rear view mirror with the garage door system receiver after programming You will find further information in the garage door opening system s operating instructions e g the sections on Synchronizing the transmitter or Registering a new transmitter You can also call the hotline mentioned above Notes on programming the remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law Features some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programming steps see above proceed as follows gt Press transmitter button or and hold it down during the following steps until the setup has been completed successfully gt At the same time press transmitter button of the garage door remote control for t
278. more force Engine compartment Engine oil Notes on the oil level Depending on the driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 of oil over a distance of 600 miles 1000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for at least five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e the engine should be switched off for at least 30 minutes if it is not at normal operating temperature i e if you only start the engine briefly Checking the oil level using the oil dipstick R PN UN a gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly insert oil dipstick into the dipstick guide tube to the stop and take it out again The oil level is correct if the level is between MIN mark 3 and MAX mark gt Add oil if necessary Maintenance and care Engine compartment E Maintenance and care Adding engine oil The difference in quantity between the MIN mark and the MAX mark on the dipstick is depending on the engine When adding oil take care not to spill any If approximately 1 6 to 2 1 US qt 1 5 to 21 oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment Environmental note H Do not add too much oil If the oil level is
279. mportant information The cooling with air dehumidification function is only available when the engine is running The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Z Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when automatic climate control is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunction The cooling with air dehumidification function uses refrigerant R134a This coolant does not contain chlorofluorocarbons and therefore does not damage the ozone layer Activating deactivating The evaporator is ventilated when the air conditioning system is operated The blower switches on automatically approximately one hour after the vehicle is locked The blower runs for 30 minutes on the lowest level The blower noise is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunction If you unlock the vehicle during this time the ventilation will be interrupted To save battery power the evaporator will not ventilate automatically if the starter battery is weak button button lights gt To switch on press the ac The indicator lamp in the ave up gt To switch off press the a c button The indicator lamp in the ae
280. n designed to assist the driver during vehicle acceleration steering and braking operation The driver is and must always maneuvers Do not use cruise control remain responsible for the vehicle s speed If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be and for safe brake operation stopped when moving at low speed Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed For more information on driving with e The use of the cruise control can be snow chains see gt page 148 dangerous on winding roads or in heavy gt Shift the transmission to position N b gt oe Driving systems Driving and parking traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Cruise control should not be activated during off road driving Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate cruise control To store the current s
281. n the tires are cold Follow the tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendations in the vehicle document wallet Further information on recommended tire pressures including tire pressures for specific driving situations see gt page 266 Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle e with tires of the same size on a given axle left right e with the same type of tires at a given time summer tires winter tires MOExtended tires The following pages contain information on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you wish to fit approved winter tires to your vehicle rims of appropriate size are also required as the sizes of the approved winter tires can differ from those of the original tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory Tires and wheel rims as well as additional information are available from a qualified Fy Tires and wheels Wheel tire combinations specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tires and wheels Wheel tire combinations ae Tires of the same dimensions BA both axles Model GLK 350 GLK 350 4MATIC R17 BA Alloy wheels 7 Ix 7 h2 Offset 1 87 in 47 5 mm Winter tires 235 60 R17 102 H M S A R19 BA Alloy wheels 7 5 x19H2 Offset 1 85 in 47 mm All weather tires 235 50 R19 99 H
282. nal specifications of tire pressure values for loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure for emergency spare wheels can be found e on the yellow label on the wheel rim of the emergency spare wheel e in the Wheel and tire combinations section gt page 287 of this Operator s Manual e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side The specifications shown in the examples in the tire pressure tables are only examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s tire pressure table The tire pressures in the tire pressure table lt onthe inside of the fuel filler flap are valid for i all approved tires installed at the factory 7 unless stated otherwise es and wheels COLD TIRE PRESSURE P40 00 2179 31 Tire pressure table for all approved tires installed at the factory example If the tire pressure precedes a tire size the tire pressure specification is only valid for this tire size The vehicle loading conditions partially laden or fully laden are specified using a differing number of persons and luggage in the table The actual number of seats may differ from this LUFTDRUCK PRESSURE PRESSION PRESION f rkalte Reien for cold tires des pneus froids _ de Inflado
283. ncy Tensioning Devices If the vehicle overturns the side impact air bags are generally not deployed They are deployed if the system detects high vehicle deceleration or acceleration in a lateral direction and determines that side impact air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Side air bags will not deploy in side impacts with deceleration rates which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds for vehicle deceleration or acceleration You will then be protected by the seat belt Vehicles with OCS USA only if the OCS detects that the front passenger seat is not al Occupant safety occupied and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened the belt tongue is not engaged in the seat belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side will not deploy The side impact air bag on the front gt passenger side will deploy if the front Safet passenger seat belt is fastened regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not H Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only do not place any objects which weigh more than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the system to identify the seat as being occupied In the event of an accident the restraint systems on the front passenger side are triggered Have restraint systems that have been triggered replaced Pelvis air bags A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt
284. nd there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the mbrace system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means Features eee Making an emergency call Roadside Assistance call button _ P82 95 2846 31 P82 95 2864 31 gt To initiate an emergency call gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance manually press cover 4 briefly to open button for more than two seconds gt Press SOS button briefly A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside The indicator lamp in SOS button Assistance Representative is initiated The flashes until the emergency call is ended indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance e Walk For thewdice connection with the button Q flashes while the call is active Response Center The Connecting Call message appears in gt After the emergency call is ended close the multifunction display and the audio wo oO 2 gt oO oO q ge c Oo oo z e N bo me oO l system or COMAND is muted cover 1 If a connection can be established the Cal 1 A Warning Connected message appears in the If you feel at any way in jeopardy when inthe multifunction display vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle If a mobile phone network is available and vehicle in a
285. nd this can cause engine damage Prevent water from entering the vehicle interior or engine compartment If you have to drive through standing water please note that e the maximum permissible still water depth is 12 in 30 cm e you should drive no faster than at walking pace Winter driving Important safety notes Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center at the onset of winter Driving and parking wo Driving tps LJ Driving and parking Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 149 Winter tires At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use winter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires also bearing the A snowflake symbol next to the M S marking provide the best possible grip in wintry road conditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP to function optimally in winter as these tires have been designed specifically for driving on snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling characteristics A Warning M S tires with a tread depth of less than inch 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted Once you have installed the winter tires gt Check the t
286. ndows Problem a side window cannot be closed because objects are trapped between the side window and the door frame gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Problem a side window cannot be closed because objects in the guide rail are preventing the window from being raised gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Problem a side window cannot be closed and you cannot see the cause A Warning Closing the side windows with increased force or without the anti entrapment feature could lead to serious or even fatal injury Make sure that nobody can become trapped when closing the side windows If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull on the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force Sliding sunroof Wess If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull on the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature A Warning Pulling and holding the switch to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door window to close without the anti entrapment feature for as long as you hold the switch Sliding sunroof Important safety notes A Warning When l
287. ne speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly vise evn LJ Driving and parking Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it before the vehicle begins to roll A Warning Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist After approximately one second hill start assist will no longer brake your vehicle and it could roll away gt Take your foot off the brake pedal Once you have taken your foot off the brake pedal the vehicle is held for around one second gt Pull away Hill start assist will not function if e you are pulling away on a level road or a downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the parking brake is applied ESP is malfunctioning Problems with the engine Problem The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Turn the SmartKey back to position O in the ignition lock before the next attempt to start with t
288. ne ceases even if the driver or front passenger have still not fastened their seat belt after 60 seconds The amp seat belt warning lamp stops flashing but remains illuminated After the vehicle comes to a standstill the warning tone is reactivated and the 4 seat belt warning lamp flashes again if the vehicle speed again exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The amp seat belt warning lamp only goes out if e both the driver and the front passenger have fastened their seat belts or e the vehicle is stationary and a door is open For more information on the 4 seat belt warning lamp see Indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster seat belt gt page 196 Emergency Tensioning Devices and seat belt force limiters The front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear are equipped with ETDs and belt force limiters H If the front passenger seat is not occupied do not engage the seat belt tongue in the buckle on the front passenger seat Otherwise the Emergency Tensioning Device could be triggered in the event of an accident The ETDs tighten the seat belts in an accident pulling them close against the body ETDs do not correct incorrect seat positions or incorrectly fastened seat belts ETDs do not pull vehicle occupants back towards the backrest Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the force exerted by the s
289. ng display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents Driving systems The warning display for the rear area is From the located on the headliner in the rear compartment e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approximately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you willheara 60 warning tone for approximately two E seconds This indicates that you have now lt reached the minimum distance me Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC 5 Pr dl bo 3 E lt Sem Warning display for the front area Q Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle B Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning display for each side of the i vehicle is divided into five yellow and two red To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC segments PARKTRONIC is operational if Indicator lamp yellow segments showing operational a readiness light up If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated The selected transmission position determines which warning display is active PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when the engine is running when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Transmission Warning display position Towing a trailer 5 Froni erea eciveiet PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear area RorN Rear and front areas when you establish an electrical connection activated b
290. ng panel with roller sunblinds amp il Button for MB info call mbrace system S0s SOS button mbrace system Rear view mirror 107 106 86 222 220 97 Function Integrated electronic compass Buttons for the garage door opener Microphone for mbrace emergency call system telephone and Voice Control System Q Roadside Assistance button mbrace system fh To switch the left hand reading lamp on off gt To switch the front interior lighting on off 3 Voice Control System only available in connection with COMAND Observe the additional operating instructions P82 00 2760 31 Page 227 225 221 106 107 Door control panel 31 Door control panel At a glance a Function Page Function Page Opens the door 76 A Activates deactivates the override A N s E Beles Mallee 7 feature for the side de venae windows in the rear Adjusts the seat electrically 92 compartment 60 Moa 55 Opens closes the Stores settings for the seat tailgate 78 exterior mirrors and steering wheel 100 aA Selects the left exterior mirror 97 Y Folds the exterior mirrors in out 97 0 Selects the right exterior mirror 97 Adjusts the exterior mirrors 97 A Opens closes the front side windows 82 A Opens closes the rear side windows 82 Veh
291. ng system is filled with R134a refrigerant and a special PAG lubricant H Never use refrigerant R 12 CFC or mineral lubricants Otherwise you could damage the air conditioning system Brake fluid Z Warning The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air this lowers its boiling point If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard e g when driving downhill This would impair braking efficiency You should have the brake fluid renewed at regular intervals The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Service Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz Information about approved brake fluids can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Service products and capacities Coolant Important safety notes The coolant is a mixture of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e anti corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point The cooling system is filled with coolant at the factory which contains antifreeze corrosion inhibitor that ensures protection down to approximately 35 F 37 C H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants and on filling can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB
292. ng the speed reduces the risk of the engine overheating Program selector button Program selector button E Economy Comfortable economical driving S Sport Sporty driving style For further information on Automatic drive program gt page 137 gt Press program selector button C repeatedly until the letter for the desired gearshift program appears in the multifunction display Automatic drive program Drive program E is characterized by the following e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity which improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner which results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin In drive program S the automatic transmission shifts up later Automatic transmission Shift ranges Introduction When the automatic transmission is in position D it is possible to restrict or derestrict the shift range gt page 137 The shift range selected is shown in the multifunction display The automatic transmission shifts only as far as the selected gear Driving situations 3 You can use the engine s braking effect E2 To use the braking effect of the engine on downhill gradients and for driving e on steep mountain roads e in mountainous terrain
293. njury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with rims and tires having the same specifications designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Example The load bearing index 91 is equivalent to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615 kg that the tire can carry For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and pounds see gt page 278 Fy Tires and wheels e Tires and wheels For further information on the load bearing index see load index gt page 283 Speed index speed index specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire A Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Regardless of the speed index always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic conditions Summer tires Index Speed rating up
294. not clean the socket with fluids or tapered objects Keep the 115V AC socket cover in the closed position when not in use Otherwise you could suffer an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured A Warning A device that you connect must have a suitable plug that complies with U S standards Never pull on the cable to unplug a plug from the 115V AC socket Do not use a damaged connection cable The 115V AC socket may not be connected to another 115V AC power source Do not use converters to a grounding plug with the 115V AC socket This could cause serious personal injury to you and or others A Warning If the 115V AC socket is damaged or torn out of the trim do not use or touch the 115V AC socket Using a 115V AC socket that is damaged or torn out of the trim could cause serious personal injury to you and or others The 115 V AC power socket Q provides an alternating voltage of 115 V so that small electronic devices can be connected These devices such as games consoles chargers and laptops should not consume more than a maximum of 150 W altogether Requirements for operation of these devices e 12 V power sockets in the footwell of the second row of seats and in the stowage compartment must be functioning correctly gt page 217 e the plug of the electronic device is plugged into the 115 V power socket Q e the on board voltage is within a permissible voltage range e the maximum w
295. ns 1 The device must not cause harmful interference 2 The device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Unauthorized modification of this device could void the device s operating permit Canada only This device complies with the RSS 2 10 requirements of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 The device must not cause harmful interference 2 The device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Unauthorized modification of this device could void the user s authority to legally operate the device Programming the remote control Programming A Warning Only press the transmitter button on the integrated remote control if there are no persons or objects present within the sweep of the garage door People could otherwise be injured by the movement of the door Remote control in the rear view mirror P68 05 2211 31 Garage door remote control is not part of the garage door opener To achieve the best result insert new batteries in garage door remote control of your garage door drive before programming gt Erase the memory of the integrated remote control gt page 227 before programming it for the first time gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press and hold one of transmitter buttons to on the integrated
296. ns before proceeding H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise non combusted fuel may damage the catalytic converter and create a risk of fire Do not use a rapid charging device to start the engine Make sure the jumper cables are not damaged Make sure the jumper cables are not touching any other metal objects when they are connected to the battery If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points gt The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device gt Only jump start the vehicle when the engine is cold and the catalytic converter system has cooled down gt Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first gt Jump starting may only be performed from batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V If you jump start using a battery with higher voltage it may damage the electrical systems of the vehicle gt Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps gt Make sure that the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts such as the pulley or the fan These parts move when the engine is started and while it is running gt If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump
297. nse Center then the mbrace system has failed to initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the corresponding cellular phone network is not available The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the EQ multifunction steering wheel button on the or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Sign and Drive services you are not charged for services such as jump starting providing a few gallons of fuel for a fuel tank that has been run dry or changing a flat tire with the vehicle s own spare tire MB Info call button wu gt Press and hold MB info call button Q for more than two seconds A call to the Response Center is initiated MB info call button indicator lamp 28 USA only 29 USA only flashes while the connection is being established The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display and COMAND is muted If a connection can be established the Ca 1 Connected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network is available and there is sufficient GPS reception the mbrace system transmits data to the Response Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number e vehicle model e vehicle color The audio system or COMAND display shows that an mbrace call is active You can switch to the navigation menu by pressing
298. nstalling removing rear n se 94 see NECK PRO head restraints Heating see Climate control High beam flasher seen 105 Hill start assist 2 00 eee eee 132 Hood CLOSING sctsscesesindetesceesiaveceesusdectsecerts 233 Display message ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 192 10 0 91 a ooa e nereeeeer repre 232 Hydroplaning cece eesseeeeeeeeneeees 147 Po IMIMOD UI ZO Rois os shed aiseees decisis eaenties 65 Instrument cluster OVETVIOW raer ea EREE 26 Submenu on board computer 171 Warning and indicator lamps 27 Instrument cluster lighting 26 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster lighting Interior lighting Automatic Control ce eeeeeeeeeeeeees 107 Delayed switch off on board COMPUTEN c sccscssiestesaieeeeisccess 173 Emergency lighting oee 107 Manual Control sses 107 Reading lamp cz sssscceccesscssceseseessesseass 106 Po Jack Storage location cscceeeeeeeeee 245 USING a cscvsceccosseecussecstacssetensesnaeeneeees 248 Jump starting eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 256 ee KEYLESS GO BUCOM cess cvstecscccusnesstesseaceennesnesseneess 129 Convenience closing feature 84 Display message eneee 194 MOCKING sarran e 69 Starting the engine 0 0 eee 131 Unlocking s ci stsezevetecse ccslee ceestece odes 69 Key positions KEYLESS GO sicissies neces eee 129 SmartKey vse caustetess qesteesicersadinees 129 KiGK GOWN cecer n 136 Khe
299. nt passenger side Setting and storing the parking position You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this position gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position which allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored if you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving position You can also store the parking position using memory button M gt With the key in position 2 in the ignition lock and with the exterior mirror on the front passenger side activated use adjustment button 3 to set the exterior mirror such that the rear wheel and curb are visible gt Press memory button M 4 and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move If the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position setting gt With the key in position 2 in the ignition lock
300. nter will reset the service interval display after the necessary service work has been carried out You can obtain more information e g on maintenance work at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly at Mercedes Benz H If the service interval indicator has been inadvertently reset this setting can be corrected at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the service work carried out as described in the Service Booklet There may otherwise be increased wear resulting in damage to the vehicle or to the major assemblies Care Notes on care Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and pr
301. ntilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work optimally if they are maintained exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason all work on the engine must be carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians bing tps is The engine settings must not be changed in any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Service Booklet Brakes Important safety notes A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control A Warning Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the cargo on the brakes by shifting to a lower gear in good time This allows you to take advantage of engine braking and helps you to avoid overheating the b
302. o system and vehicles with COMAND The examples given in this Operator s Manual apply to vehicles equipped with COMAND On board computer and displays On board computer and displays el Menus and submenus Trip menu e the ignition has been switched off for more than 4 hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automatically reset if the trip exceeds 9999 hours or 99 999 miles You can select km or mi les as the unit of measurement for distance gt page 171 Standard display Navi Audio gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with odometer Q and trip odometer 2 is ee shown gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu Trip computer From start or From gt Press the a or Yy button to select Displaying the range and current fuel consumption reset current fuel consumption and approximate range The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu a gt Press a or W toselect From Start Current fuel consumption or From Reset Approximate range Approximate range 2 is cal
303. o the audio system or to COMAND see the separate operating instructions A Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second gt Switch on the mobile phone and audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Te menu You will see one of the following display messages in the multifunction display e Telephone Ready or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e No Service No network is available button Menus and submenus ees Audio player or audio media operation m On board computer and displays I On board computer and displays Accepting a call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the multifunction display for example
304. of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center again or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting malfunctions relevant to safety For the USA only The following text is reproduced as required of all manufacturers according to Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA r
305. ol contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the following telephone assistance service e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center on 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service on 1 800 387 0100 A Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death USA only This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditio
306. om the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side windows A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 55 A Warning When children ride on the vehicle s rear seats activate the override switch Otherwise the children could be injured e g by trapping themselves in the rear side window gt To activate deactivate press button If indicator lamp is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driver s door If indicator lamp a is off operation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Panic alarm P80 00 2187 31 gt To activate press and hold button Q for about one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt Press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button The KEYLESS GO key must be in the vehicle USA only This device complies with the part 15 of the FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may caus
307. onditions e this equipment must not emit harmful electromagnetic radiation e this equipment may be affected by electromagnetic radiation including radiation which can trigger unwanted functions Any unauthorized change to this equipment can lead to the user s operating license being withdrawn Only for Canada This equipment has been released in accordance with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following conditions SmartKey Opening and closing e this equipment must not emit harmful electromagnetic radiation e this equipment receives electromagnetic radiation including radiation which can trigger unwanted functions Any unauthorized change to this equipment can lead to the user s operating license being withdrawn Important information for using KEYLESS GO e You can use the KEYLESS GO key as a conventional key e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with those of a conventional key e g open with KEYLESS GO and close with the button e Always carry your KEYLESS GO key on your person e Never keep the KEYLESS GO key with electronic equipment such as your mobile phone or another key metal objects such as coins or metal foil This may impair the functioning of KEYLESS GO e To open or close the vehicle the KEYLESS GO key should be no more than 3 ft 1 m from the door or tailgate e When the vehicle is parked for more than 72 hours the KEYLESS GO function is
308. ons the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct key When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid key that is left inside the vehicle gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine Anti theft systems Fen In the event that the engine cannot be started when the starter battery is fully charged the immobilizer may be faulty Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in USA or 1 800 387 0 100 in Canada Safety ATA Anti Theft Alarm system A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the tailgate e the hood The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that has triggered it for example If the alarm stays on for more than 30 secon
309. onvenience opening feature UM VISOM sccsesscsansisdncsesggebeseveccattecancts 215 Supplemental Restraint System see SRS Surround lighting on board computer ereere 172 SUV Sport Utility Vehicle 0 eee 19 Switching off the alarm ATA 65 Tachometer eee 163 Tailgate Display message ss eeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 192 Emergency unlocking sesse 81 Limiting the opening angle 80 Tail lamp display message 184 Taillight see Tail lamps Tank content F el SAUBC cic sccosceesuosseeceessneceteesese 26 Technical data 2 c s 0sccsssseteeees 292 GLK S50 cerite a EE 299 GLK 850 AMATIC iseis erieihin 300 TireS WhEEeIS ceeeeeesesesteeaeeeeees 287 TELEAID Call Priority s c siccciecssece sees 223 Display MESSaZe cs eeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 177 Downloading destinations COMAND irice eiee 223 Emergency call ssssssssscsresrcce 220 Important safety notes 0 0 0 0 219 Locating a stolen vehicle 224 MB info call button n se 222 Remote vehicle locking 6 224 Roadside Assistance button 221 SEIFLOS TT 219 SV SECM ies eea E e RETE 219 Vehicle remote unlocking 223 Telephone Accepting a Call ccsssssesesee 170 Display message eee 193 Menu on board computer 169 Number from the phone book 170 ROGAN scires aicci 170 Rejecting ending a call 170 Telephone compartment
310. oof with power tilt sliding panel is closed A Warning When opening the roller sunblinds make sure that nobody can be injured during the opening procedure The roller sunblinds are equipped with the express operation and anti entrapment features If the roller sunblinds block during the opening procedure the anti entrapment feature stops the roller sunblinds and opens them again slightly The opening procedure of the roller sunblinds can be stopped immediately by releasing the roof switch or by operating the roof switch in any direction if the roof switch has been pressed beyond the point of resistance and has been released Opening and closing Overhead control panel To open To open To close gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Push or pull the switch in the corresponding direction If you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing again Resetting the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds Reset the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds if the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel or the roller sunblind do not open smoothly H Do not open the panorama sliding sunroof until it has been reset properly Otherwise the panorama roof with power tilt slid
311. ooster seat suitable for the size and weight of the child Children can be seriously or even fatally injured by an air bag deploying Observe the following important information if it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat e USA only Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology that is designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when the system on the front passenger seat detects the weight of a Children in the vehicle typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint USA only For children that weigh more than a typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag can be activated or deactivated Always make sure that the Zj besser indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Canada only Children 12 years old and under may ride on the front seat if a BabySmart compatible child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat Use only Mercedes Benz approved BabySmart compatible child restraint systems A BabySmart compatible child restraint system will deactivate the front passenger front air bag when installed correctly The front passenger front air bag will not be deactivated if the child restraint systems that are installed are not BabySmart compatible or if BabySmart compatible child restraint systems are not installed correctly If the front passenger front air bag is deployed
312. or abrupt maneuvers the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Operator s Manual Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control When driving off road or working the vehicle b gt hard do not overload it And always wear your seat belts at all times In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Operating safety Safety notes A Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the
313. or lamp Za ese does not light up A Warning If the red amp SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster and the B is indicator lamp light up simultaneously the OCS is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e When seated a passenger should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the passenger s weight to be lifted from the seat cushion as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the passenger s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter System self test The Be bissser indicator lamp illuminates when you e turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock e on vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button once or twice If an adult is seated properly on the passenger seat and the OCS classifies the occupant as an adult the X indicator lamp illuminates and goes out again after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occu
314. or right The amp Mal function warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Service Required gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop or Rear Right SRS Malfunction Service Required A Risk of injury Rear Center SRS SRS has malfunctioned at the rear center The amp warning lamp Mal function also lights up in the instrument cluster Service Required gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of injury Left Side Curtain There is a malfunction in the left hand and or right hand window Airbag Malfunction curtain air bag The 2 warning lamp also lights up in the Service Requi red instrument cluster or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Right Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Display messages Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey although e there is a child a small adult or an object wei
315. orrectly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist workshop The amount of fuel in the tank has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ee Problem ake The red coolant warning lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant temperature gauge is at the start of the scale zE The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running TE The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is faulty The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Engage the parking brake gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the radiator may be blocked or the electric radiator fan may be malfunctioning Th
316. osing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull outside handle on the tailgate e When no SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Press button 5 on the SmartKey You can close the tailgate automatically using the SmartKey the closing button or the locking button 4 For vehicles with the EASY PACK tailgate only Cargo compartment Example vehicle with the EASY PACK tailgate and KEYLESS GO gt To close press closing button Q on the tailgate or press and hold down the 35 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate closes gt To close and lock simultaneously Press locking button on the tailgate The tailgate can only be opened and closed with the SmartKey if there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock If the tailgate touches an object while closing the closing procedure is interrupted and the tailgate reopens Only with KEYLESS GO if you leave a KEYLESS GO key in the cargo area the tailgate will not lock The tailgate is not closed unless a KEYLESS GO key is detected Automatic opening and closing from the inside You can open and close the tailgate from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating th
317. ot feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more you look after the engine when it is new the happier you will be with its performance in the future e Drive at varying vehicle speeds and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km for this reason e Avoid overstraining the vehicle during this period e g driving at full throttle e Change gear in good time at the latest when the tachometer needle is of the way to the red area in the tachometer display e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle e If possible do not depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance kickdown e Only select shift ranges 3 2 or 1 when driving slowly e g in mountainous terrain e Ideally drive program E should be selected for driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually bring the vehicle up to full road and engine speeds Also observe these breaking in notes when the vehicle s engine front axle transmission or differential have been replaced Always observe the respective limit speeds Important safety notes A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals
318. otective film Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible manner i Maintenance and care H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period right after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after cleaning Braking heats the brake discs and brake pads thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked up Exterior care Automatic car wash A Warning Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle This could cause an accident For this reason you must drive particularly b gt B Maintenance and care carefully after washing the vehicle until the brakes have dried You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash H In car washes with a towing mechanism make sure that AUTOTRONIC is in transmission position N otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Make sure that the side windows are completely closed that the ventilation heating is switched off and that the windshield wiper switch is set to 0
319. othing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H Switch off the engine and remove the key before disconnecting the terminal clamps from the battery On vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off You may otherwise destroy electronic components such as the alternator H Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery disconnected at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery breather hose and cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Remove the key if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power Mercedes Benz recommends that you do not carry out work on batteries yoursel
320. ound Removing a wheel gt Unscrew the wheel bolts H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or ona dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts FN Flat tire A Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack P40 10 5354 31 Wheel bolts for all wheels supplied by the factory Wheel bolts for the Minispare emergency spare wheel H Always use wheel bolts to mount the collapsible spare wheel Using other wheel bolts to mount the collapsible spare wheel could damage the brake system A Warning Make sure to use the original length wheel bolts when remounting the original wheel after it has been repaired gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel secur
321. our vehicle literature portfolio In accordance with standard program guidelines Roadside Assistance is prepared to provide vehicle service up until a reasonable distance from the next paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation However the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes Benz Service technician or the tow service provider on a case by case basis Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider Change of address or ownership In the event of a change of address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Truck found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 010
322. ously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard Only hold the steering wheel by the rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far back as possible from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized child restraint infant restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Canada only children unde
323. ow or a malfunction in the tire pressure monitor is displayed e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is significantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for 60 seconds and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the tire and loading information table on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the tire and loading information table or the tire inflation pressure table you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor TPMS An indicator lamp lights up if one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure indicator lamp lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handlin
324. p package pry cover Q out of the bumper in mind that a considerably higher degree of by inserting a blunt rounded objectinto the effort is necessary to brake and steer the recess vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly gt Take cover off the opening gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye ignition lock clockwise to the stop gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and hold it down Removing the towing eye gt Release the brake pedal gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye Roadside Assistance gt Release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flashers gt page 105 When towing with the hazard warning flashers switched on use the combination switch as usual to signal in which direction you are changing In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash When you reset the combination switch the hazard warning flashers start flashing again Transporting the vehicle The towing eyes or trailer tow hitch can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter if you wish to transport it gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Shift the selector lever to N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake gt Move the selector lever to P gt Turn the SmartKey to position O in the ignition lock and remove
325. pecially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only certain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Certain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addition when driving with a load tire dimension variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in damage to the tires or the vehicle Wheel tire combinations Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tested and approved Further information about tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures is attached to the B pillar on the driver s side Further information about driving at high speeds or driving with vehicle loads that are lighter than the maximum vehicle load can be found in the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Check tire pressures regularly and only whe
326. pecified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life Furthermore excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance that all passenger a Tire labeling Tire labeling Le Tires and wheels car tires must meet under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Interchanging the wheels A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the ti
327. peed or to call up the last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds In the multifunction display the segments between the stored speed and the maximum speed light up Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up Q or down 2 to the pressure point gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the
328. performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the unladen weight and the weight of the accessories A unique identification number which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface The TWR is the maximum permissible weight that the ball coupling of the trailer tow hitch can support Narrow bars tread wear bars that are distributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 1 46 in 1 6 mm has been reached Distribution of the vehicle occupants Distribution of vehicle occupants over designated seat positions in a vehicle Maximum permissible payload weight Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib multiplied by the number of seats in the vehicle Wheel tire combinations Points to remember A Warning Observe the Important safety notes gt page 264 H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use tires wheels and accessories which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehicle These tires have been s
329. pied and the OCS classifies the front passenger seat as being unoccupied the 3 indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out A Warning If the Z aso indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 45 A Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g a pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The underside and rear side child restraint system must be placed entirely on the seat cushion and the backrest of the front passenger seat backrest If necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest Anincorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child restraint systems Occupant safety ee Problems with the occupant classification system Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The 8 eie OCS is malfunctioning B indicator lamp gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized gt illuminates and Mercedes Benz Center D remens altel gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction Oo The person
330. ployed You will then be protected by the seat belt H Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only do not place any objects which weigh more than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the system to identify the seat as being occupied In the event of an accident the restraint systems on the front passenger side are triggered Have restraint systems that have been triggered replaced The front passenger air bag will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied USA only e the B es indicator lamp in the center console is not lit USA gt page 41 Canada gt page 46 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold Driver s knee bag A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 36 Driver s knee bag increases protection for the driver against the risk of e knee injuries e thigh injuries e lower leg injuries Driver s knee bag inflates beneath the steering column If the system determines that deployment of driver s knee bag Q can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt in the event of a frontal impact the system will deploy it together with the driver s front air bag Driver s knee bag 4 operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 36
331. points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check your national disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS e Do not change or remove any component or part of the SRS e Do not install additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outer sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims e Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring e Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc e Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These item
332. ppears in compass display gt Drive a full circle at approximately 3 mph 5 km h to 6 mph 10 km h Once the calibration has been successfully completed the current heading appears in compass display 2 Floormat on the driver s side A Warning Whenever you are using a floormat make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormat is securely fastened The floormat should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormat is securely in place and adjust it if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement gt Slide seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in position gt Press floormat eyelets Q onto retainer pins gt To remove pull the floormats off retainers gt Remove the floormat D Loading stowing and features e pue soueuszuleyy _ 232 232 236 237 CONG meree ones Vehicle equipment Engine compartment Service cc serene oes Maintenance and care Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also ref
333. protection for the driver s and front passenger s head and neck In the event of a rear collision of a certain severity the NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seats are moved forwards and upwards This provides better head support A Warning Do not secure any objects e g coat hangers on the NECK PRO head restraints Otherwise the NECK PRO head restraints may not Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The BabySmart system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the gt Check the installation of the child restraint system indicator lamp does not illuminate have the BabySmart system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the child seat recognition system has been repaired function properly or in the event of a rear end collision may not be able offer the level of protection they are designed to provide A Warning Only use seat covers head restraint covers that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your model Using seat covers and head restraint covers other than those recommended may cause a malfunction when NECK PRO head restraints are triggered or front side impact air bags b gt il Occupant safety Safety pelvis air bags may be prevented from deploying Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability If
334. ps 1 gt Remove the fuse box cover forwards gt To close check whether the rubber seal is lying correctly in the cover gt Insert the cover at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down the cover and close clamps Q gt Secure lines 2 in the guides H The cover must be seated properly otherwise moisture or dirt could impair the function of the fuses gt Close the hood gt page 233 gt Open the tailgate P54 15 3200 31 gt To open lift up trunk floor gt page 212 gt Remove stowage compartment Q gt Open cover of fuse box downwards Vehicle equipment 06 264 Important safety notes 264 Directives to be observed 265 Maintenance and care of wheels and tires coocee e a ete csces 265 Tire pressures ce eeeceseeeeereeeeeee 266 Loading the vehicle 274 Maximum tire load e eee 278 Direction of rotation 278 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards m m 278 Interchanging the wheels 280 Tire labeling A ee eee 280 Definitions for tires and loading 284 Wheel tire combinations 287 2 w im Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific dif
335. quipment eee eal Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors LJ Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Correct driver s seat position Observe the important safety notes on gt page 91 gt Check whether you have adjusted seat properly Electrical seat adjustment gt page 92 When adjusting the seat make sure e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjusted properly gt page 93 When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint Observe the important safety notes on gt page 95 gt Check whether steering wheel Q is adjusted properly Adjusting the steering wheel manually gt page 96 Adjusting the steering wheel electrically gt page 96 When
336. r 12 years may only sit in the front passenger seat if they are seated ina child restraint system which is compatible with BabySmart and approved by Mercedes Benz If the child restraint system is installed properly the front passenger front air bag is deactivated in conjunction with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle Otherwise the child could be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash This could lead to serious or fatal injuries Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat A side impact air bag related injury may occur if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible and use the seat belts properly Make sure that children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized child restraint infant restraint or booster seat Occupant safety recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly The air bags are only deployed if
337. r bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to eliminate this risk completely is never to place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint on the rear seat If you install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat make sure the Zh k indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the B amp eo indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 eter indicator lamp while driving to make sure that the 8 lhes indicator lamp is illuminated If the Be j indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repa
338. r reverse gear R or e you change the wipe setting on the combination switch To prevent smearing on the windshield or noise when wiping wipe the windshield occasionally with washer fluid Switching the rear window wiper on off Combination switch NJ Switch To wipe with washer fluid 2 3 I To switch on intermittent wiping 4 0 To switch off intermittent wiping 5 TA To wipe with washer fluid gt Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Turn switch Q on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on the icon appears in the instrument cluster Replacing the wiper blades Important safety notes Z Warning For safety reasons switch off the windshield wipers and remove the key from the ignition lock before changing the wiper blades vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure that the on board electronics are in state 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could be switched on suddenly and cause injury H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the windshield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield rear window Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you chang
339. r seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation b gt Seats steering wheel and mirrors ia Seats steering wheel and mirrors Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e do not spill any liquids on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not to be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recom
340. r than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident H Vehicles with 4MATIC a function or performance test may only be carried out on a two axle dynamometer If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise the drive train or the brake system may suffer damage H As the ESP system operates automatically the engine and the ignition must be switched off SmartKey in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock when e testing the parking brake on a brake dynamometer e you intend to have the vehicle towed with the front or rear axle raised not permitted for vehicles with 4MATIC Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should regularly test your brake system s function by forcefully depressing the brake pedal when driving at high speed This will give the brake pads better grip A Warning Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when you apply the brakes You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 62 Parking brake If you drive on wet roads or dirt covered surfaces road salt and or dirt could get into the parking brake In order to preven
341. rakes and wearing them out excessively When you take advantage of engine braking a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road surface This could cause damage to the drive train Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Heavy and light loads A Warning Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads It may also cause the brakes to overheat seriously impairing their effectiveness It may then not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident b0 a iy a Ee c on 2 m wo Driving tps Ls Driving and parking If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy cargo do not stop the vehicle immediately but drive on for a short while This allows the airflow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehicle washed brake firmly while paying attention to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corrosion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads A Warning The layer of sa
342. rbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death The left hand and right hand rear seat backrests can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity Folding the rear seat backrest forward gt Fully insert the backrest head restraints gt page 93 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Pull left hand or right hand release handle 2 of the seat backrest forwards Corresponding seat backrest A is released gt Fold seat backrest Q forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Stowage areas nee Folding the rear seat backrest back gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 93 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Securing cargos Lashing eyelets Observe the following notes on securing loads Backrest e secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an Lock verification indicator Backrest release handle m Loading stowing and features gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat anti slip protection for light loads forward if necessary e do not route tie downs across sharp edges H Make sure that the seat belt does not ee we become trapped when folding the rear seat Pad sharp edges for protection backrest back Other
343. re possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Loading guidelines Z Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible using cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death The gross vehicle weight GVW is the weight of the vehicle including fuel the vehicle tool kit spare tire any installed accessories vehicle occupants and luggage cargo The load limit and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle must never be exceeded The load limit and the GVWR are stated on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 274 Additionally the cargo must be distributed so that the weight on each axle never exceeds the maximum gross axle weight rating GAWR for the front and rear axles The data on GVWR and
344. re it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle gt If necessary increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt page 266 gt If the tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat the steps for the other tires Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only Important safety notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss in a tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning a Q Q L z N Le Tires and wheels message will appear in the multifunction display A Warning If the Check Tire Pressure Soon message appears in the multifunction display one or more tires are significantly underinflated Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the pressure specified on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or where available in the tire pressure table Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under
345. red due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved for use in Mercedes Benz vehicles Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit http www mbusa com USA only to view a list of approved products Observe the instructions for use on the product label Do not mix other fuel additives with fuel This causes unnecessary costs and could damage the engine H Do not refuel with low grade fuel and do not use fuel additives that are not tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles Damage or malfunctions can result that are not covered e by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e by an existing Limited Warranty e by an extended Limited Warranty Engine oil Points to remember The engine oils are matched to the performance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals For this reason only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with a service system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit http www mbusa com USA only fora list of approved engine oils and oil filters H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to fulfill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed Otherwise you may cause damage to the engine or 38 USA only Service products and capacities e
346. res should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressures Information on changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel gt page 247 es Ss The following markings are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designation and the manufacturer s name P40 10 5339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard gt page 284 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 283 Maximum tire load gt page 278 Maximum tire pressure gt page 274 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 284 Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed index gt page 28 1 Load index gt page 283 Tire name Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed index Tire width Aspect ratio in percent Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed index Tire data is vehicle specific and may deviate from the data in the example General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size description as shown abov
347. respective switch If a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the door windows by pressing and holding button onthe SmartKey the automatic reversal function will not operate Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the door window opening A Warning Do not keep any part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down between the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window Opening and closing the side windows Front left Front right Rear right Rear left The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window Operation of the side windows in the rear compartment is not possible when the override switch for the side windows is activated gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock You can continue to operate the side windows after you switch off the engine This function remains active for five minutes or until one of the front doors is opened gt To open press the corresponding switch gt To close pull the corresponding switch
348. riving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cornering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are towing a very heavy or large trailer e you are driving with a heavy cargo in the vehicle or on the roof Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires gt Before restarting refer to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side or the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap to ensure the tire pressure in all four tires is set correctly for the current operating conditions gt Observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 266 A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored A tire with insufficient pressure results in vehicle instability when driving thus increasing the risk of an accident gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 gt page 129 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt or button to select the Service menu gt Press the a jor v Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message appears in the multifunct
349. rning vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low Repeatedly setting the seat heating to level because too many electrical consumers are 3 may result in excessive seat temperatures switched on The health of passengers that have limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high temperatures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries Therefore do not use seat heating level 3 repeatedly gt Switch off electrical consumers which you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Seats steering wheel and mirrors ie Steering wheel The three red indicator lamps in the button Important safety notes indicate the heating level you have selected P ty If the battery voltage is too low the seat A Warning SEN heating may switch off Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving or E driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Driver s and front passenger seat A Steering wheel Adjusting the steering wheel manually Release lever To adju
350. rom the ignition lock or is in position O indicator lamp Be ese does not light up The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices al Occupant safety System self test The Be indicator lamp illuminates when you e turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock e on vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button once or twice The _B z indicator lamp goes out again after approximately six seconds If the Z k indicator lamp does not illuminate or is lit continuously the system is malfunctioning Before transporting a child on the front passenger seat have the BabySmart system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For more information see Problems with the air bag deactivation system section gt page 49 A Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes or similar electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the B amp iso indicator lamp not to come on during self test The amp SRS indicator lamp and or the Bye k indicator lamp could be continuously lit indicating that the system is not functioning The front pa
351. ront air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by OCS For further information see the section regarding air bag display messages gt page 179 A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and Top Tether strap or lower anchors and Top Tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with ai
352. rough the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed when the controls on the side air vents are turned downwards gt Turn the key to position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the x button repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the display The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic control is deactivated and the air distribution is controlled according to the selected setting Setting the airflow gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To increase reduce press the 8 or button Switching the MONO function on off This function is only available in vehicles in Canada You can use the MONO function to adopt the temperature and air distribution settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side gt Press the mono button The indicator lamp in the mono button lights up or goes out 16 Canada only 17 Depending on the outside temperature Defrosting the windshield You can use this function to defrost the windshield or to defrost the inside of the windshield and the side windows You should only select the defrosting function until the windshield is clear again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the g button The indicator lamp in the g button lights up The climate control system switches to the following
353. rtKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the og button once gt To unlock centrally press the o button twice gt To lock centrally press the button SmartKey The KEYLESS GO function is changed as follows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner surface of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centrally touch sensor surface Q on one of the door handles Restoring the factory settings gt Press the and buttons simultaneously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice Opening and closing B Mechanical key General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 65 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt Press the o or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt Press the Start Stop button in the ignition lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle If you unlock the vehicle u
354. rvoir with a mix of water and windshield washer concentrate e g MB SummerFit gt At temperatures below freezing fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mix of water and MB SummerFit windshield washer concentrate For information on the mixing ratio see gt page 299 or use the premixed windshield washer solution with antifreeze available in specialist stores gt To open pull cap C upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages Brake fluid level H If you discover that the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the MIN mark or below check the brake system for leaks immediately Also check the brake lining thickness Contact a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not top up the brake fluid This will not rectify the malfunction Only check the brake fluid level when the vehicle is stationary and on a level surface g Fay mam osoa The brake fluid level is correct if it is between MIN marking and MAX marking on the brake fluid reservoir Service Service interval display Service messages Information about the type of service and service intervals see separate Service Booklet You can obtain more information at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at www mbusa com USA only The service interval display informs you of the next service due date
355. s Benz H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing solvents to clean the inside of the windows Do not use hard objects to clean the insides of the windows e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstances prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components Cleaning the wiper blades A Warning Switch off the windshield wipers and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock before cleaning the windshield or the wiper blades On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all b gt ry Maintenance and care e Maintenance and care indicator lamps in the instrument cluster have gone off The windshield wipers could otherwise move and injure you H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise gt Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the wind
356. s details of the tire sizes and corresponding pressures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occupants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maximum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle B pillar driver s side Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating The data in the illustration of the Tire and Loading Information placard is an example The maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that which is illustrated You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Information placard TIRE 1 ADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS S R LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT REAR A 2 The combined weight of occupants and car bo should never exceed XXXX kg or IDOC Ibs Le poids total des occupants et des marchandises ne dait jamais d passer XXXX kg ow IOOC b PR SEE OWNERS PEUS A FROD MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONS 255 40 ZR ODYXL 200 KPA 29 PSI 205 35
357. s may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed e Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be b gt Occupant safety leer Safety Safety performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle Mercedes Benz strongly recommends that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Air bags Important safety notes A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the incidence of injuries and fatalities in certain situations e frontal impacts driver s and
358. s not yet been pressed this corresponds to the SmartKey being removed from the ignition gt Position 1 press Start Stop button Q You can now activate the windshield wipers for example If you then open the driver s door when in this position the power supply is deactivated gt Position 2 ignition press Start Stop button Q twice If you press Start Stop button once when in this position and the driver s door is open the power supply is deactivated again As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up The indicator lamps of the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps turn signal lamps or front fog lamps only light up if the low beam headlamps high beam headlamps turn signal lamps or front fog lamps are switched on If an indicator lamp does not light up when the ignition is switched on check it and replace it if necessary If an indicator lamp does not go out after the engine is started or if it lights up while the vehicle is in motion see gt page 195 Important safety notes A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and
359. s to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software See Children in the vehicle gt page 55 for more information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraints for infants and children SRS Supplemental Restraint System Introduction SRS reduces the risk of occupants coming into contact with the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident It can also reduce the effect of the forces to which occupants are subjected during an accident SRS consists of e the amp SRS warning lamp e air bags e air bag control unit with crash sensors e belt tensioners e belt force limiters SRS warning lamps SRS functions are checked regularly when you switch on the ignition and when the engine is running Therefore malfunctions can be detected in good time The amp SRS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The S
360. s trailer weight nor the permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR may be exceeded The permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Towing a trailer Bee GVWR is specified on the type plate supplied as part of the Mercedes Benz located on the B pillar on the driver s side approved trailer coupling of your vehicle Depending on your trailer you may need You can find the maximum permissible an adapter to connect your trailer to the values on the type plates of your vehicle vehicle and the trailer Always observe the lowest respective value when determining the maximum weight with which you can load the vehicle and the trailer e The drawbar noseweight acting on the ball coupling has to be added to the rear axle weight in order to prevent the permissible Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR from being exceeded The permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is specified on the type plate located on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle Further information is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving and parking Mercedes Benz recommends loading the trailer so that the drawbar noseweight remains between 8 and 10 of the permissible gross trailer weight The weight of additional accessories passengers and cargo reduces the permissible trailer load and drawbar noseweight for your vehicle Checking the vehicle and trailer weight e To check that the weights of the towing vehicl
361. sages USA only Canada only ABS and ESC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Program BAS Brake Assist hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable The self diagnosis might not be finished for example In addition the A f and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A Risk of accident ABS ESP BAS hill start assist and trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable The on board voltage may be insufficient for example In addition the A and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example gt Drive on carefully If the display message disappe
362. save the setting Convenience Activating deactivating the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature You can use the Easy Entry Exit function to activate or deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 96 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment lever or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe vw jor a button to selectthe Convenience submenu gt Press the OK button to confirm On board computer and displays On board computer and displays gt Pressthe v or a button to select the Easy Entry Exit feature You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK button to save the setting Switching the fold in mirrors when locking function on off This function is only available in Canada If you switch on the Fold Mirrors In when Locking function the exterior mirrors fold in w
363. sequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 253 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 256 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine cannot be started using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey is in the vehicle easily A door is open Therefore the SmartKey cannot be detected as gt Close the door and try to start the vehicle again There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from t
364. shield wipers back again before switching on the ignition H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly Cleaning the headlamps gt Clean the plastic lamp lenses on the headlamps using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic headlamp lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic headlamp lenses Cleaning the sensors gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth H When cleaning the sensors with a power washer maintain a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer of at least 11 8 in 30 cm Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Cleaning the rear view camera LEETE A N P54 00 2707 31 gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens Q H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer Cleaning the exhaust tail pipes Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust tail pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in winter and after washing H Do not clean the exhaust
365. sic ccsscessecesnsvessececesesseess 72 JUMmprstarting sisisi rsisi 256 Replacing SmartKey n se 72 Safety MOLES niner ates 253 Belt see Seat belts Brake fluid NOI EE ER EEE TA AT 298 Brake fluid level cceeeeeeee 236 Brake lamp display message 184 Brakes Brake fluid notes es eeeeeeeeees 298 Display Message sismici 182 Important safety notes 145 Maintenance c esceeseeceseseneees 146 Parking brake cescsscseessezeiss 143 147 Warning lamp seeen 195 Breakdown see Accident notes see Flat tire Bulbs BaCkup la MDs ricreare 112 Brake lamp ssnrscnririscresiarira 112 High beam headlamps 004 110 License plate lamp ee eeeeeeeeeeeee Low beam headlamps Overview ceeeeesteceeseeees Parking lamps 0 Rear fog lamp cceeesseesncosoneseeess REPIAGING 2 ccesceceesecatecesiedecizeesepneetess Standing lamps front TaillamM pirena Turn signal lamp Turn signals front CAC Customer Assistance Center 20 California Important notice for retail customers and lessees 0ee 18 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Capacities see Technical data Care Carpets sieren enia o ER 242 Gar WASIN ses coceessessseeteeseeeeieeeeieieazens 237 Display cssc scececesresscicnseeseeesseneees 241 Gear or selector lever ccceeeeeeee 241 Headlamps irssi NOl Sec
366. side trim panel gt page 112 takes place when the windshield rear window is dry License plate lamp If itis necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the windshield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windscreen after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash gt Switch off the lights Switching the windshield wipers on gt Open the tailgate off gt Press lug of license plate lamp in the direction of the arrow and remove license plate lamp lens gt Remove license plate lamp lens 4 gt Replace the bulb gt Insert license plate lamp lens and press it in until it engages Windshield wipers portant safety note Important saferymo fess oes o Windshield wipers off A Warning Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to 7 Single wipe amp to wipe the observe surrounding traffic conditions and windshield using washer fluid could cause an accident gt Switch the ignition on gt Turn the combination switch to the corresponding position Lights and windshield
367. sing the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically SmartKey Removing the mechanical key P80 20 3508 31 gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key from the SmartKey Opening and closing SmartKey battery Important safety notes It is advisable to have batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Batteries are toxic and contain caustic substances For this reason keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery has been swallowed visit a doctor immediately A Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Checking the battery P80 35 2416 31 gt Press the or g button The battery is working properly if battery charge indicator lamp lights up briefly If battery charge indicator lamp does not light up briefly during the test the key batteries are discharged gt Change the key battery gt page 72 Consult any authorized Mercedes Benz Center for a key battery If the battery is tested within the signal range of the vehicle you can open or close the vehicle by pressing or o
368. sion position display MEH miles 26753 Wes D kmh Transmission position display Displays on the cover beside the selector lever also indicate the current position of the selector lever The displays light up when the SmartKey is inserted in the ignition lock The displays go out when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock Drive program display 149 8 miles 26753 Automatic transmission Transmission positions Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking In addition to engaging the parking lock you must always apply the parking brake to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed if the transmission is in position P If the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock the selector lever is locked In the event of a fault in the vehicle electronics the selector lever can be locked in position P To release the selector lever lock see Releasing the parking lock manually gt page 139 Reverse Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary Driving and parking A Automatic transmission Oo Driving and parking N Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving The transmission could otherwise be damaged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the
369. sitting on display gt page 179 the front passenger seat e weighs as much as a typical adult e weighs more than a child A Warning If the 8 k indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated when the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual has been detected on the passenger seat do not allow any occupant to use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The 3 ae OCS is malfunctioning indicator lamp doesnot Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the illuminate and or does child seat not remain illuminated The front passenger seat is gt Check the installation of the child restraint system gt Make sure there are no objects applying additional weight onto the seat unoccupied gt If the Be bison indicator lamp remains out have OCS checked occupied with the as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do weight of a typical not transport a child on the front passenger seat until OCS has 12 month old child in been repaired a standard child gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction restraint or less display gt page 179 A Warning If the 8 k indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less or is unocc
370. ssenger front air bag could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in an accident Safety e Occupant safety ee Problems with the air bag deactivation system Problem The B amp kiso indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated A BabySmart compatible child restraint system is not installed Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A special BabySmart compatible child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag is therefore deactivated Safety a on the front passenger seat The BabySmart system is malfunctioning gt Have the BabySmart system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the 3 k indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated when the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual has been detected on the passenger seat do not allow any occupant to use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Problem The Be kiso indicator lamp does not illuminate or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart compatible child restraint system properly installed on the front passenger seat child seat gt If the 5 AE NECK PRO head restraints The NECK PRO head restraints increase
371. ssure safe trailer operation resulting from excessive speed Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center should you require an explanation of information contained in this manual General information e Only install an approved trailer coupling on your vehicle Further information on availability and on installation is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e The bumpers of your vehicle are not suitable for installing detachable trailer couplings e Do not install hired trailer couplings or other detachable trailer couplings on the bumpers of your vehicle e To reduce the risk of damage to the ball coupling remove it from the ball coupling recess when not in use Coupling up a trailer Observe the maximum permissible trailer dimensions width and length Most federal states and all Canadian provinces require by law e safety chains between the towing vehicle and the trailer The chains should be cross wound under the trailer drawbar They must be fastened to the vehicle s trailer coupling not to the bumper or the axle Allow for enough play in the chains to facilitate turning tight corners e a separate brake system for certain types of trailer e a safety switch for braked trailers Check the specific legal requirements applicable to your federal state If the trailer detaches from the towing vehicle the safety switch applies the trailer s brakes H Do not connect the trailer s brake system
372. st the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Push release lever Q down completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push release lever Q up completely The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction Seats steering wheel and mirrors LJ Adjusting the steering wheel electrically To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment Related topics e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 96 e storing settings gt page 100 EASY ENTRY EXIT A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press the memory position switch Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier The steering wheel swings upwards when you e remove the key from the ignition lock e
373. still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control A Warning It is dangerous to shift AUTOTRONIC out of parking position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Warm up the engine quickly Do not use the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train SmartKey positions SmartKey 0 To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position
374. sylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are subject to the Mercedes Benz Replacement Part and Accessory Warranties You can obtain these at any Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Vehicle identification plates Vehicle identification plate with vehicle identification number VIN and paint code number gt Open the driver s door You see vehicle identification plate MFD BY DAIMLER AG STUTTGART MADE NGERVANY C172 02 08 RMSE COLDKPA PS GNF 1220 AT 235 50 R19 7 5x19 240 35 cam oe 235 50 R19 7 5x19 270 39 Gu 248015467 THS VEHOLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE e a alle PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF WDCGG54D09F 1 MTT U O A T P00 01 3779 31 Example vehicle identification plate USA only Paint code number VIN DAIMLER AG GAWR PRSE FRONT AV GAWR PNEE REAR AR cyweyPev 2480 1280 235 50 R19 R19 7 5x19 slaros 02 08 WDCGG54D09F 1 23456 Example vehicle identification plate Canada only Paint code number VIN P00 01 3780 31 Vehicle identification plates The data on the type plate is only an example This data is vehicle specific and can differ from the data given here The
375. t gt page 209 e The brackets behind C pillar 2 are Make sure the cargo net is properly engaged Never use a damaged cargo net Always use cargo net when transporting N oO gt is oO a me oO bo z e bo me oO l cargo This helps to avoid personal injury from required for the cargo compartment behind smaller objects being thrown around in the the rear bench seat occupant compartment during a collision or The corresponding cargo tie down rings to sudden maneuver tension the net are located in the cargo The cargo net cannot prevent the movement compartment gt page 209 of large heavier objects into the passenger The cargo net is located in the loading tray in compartmentin an accident Such items must the stowage well under the trunk floor be properly secured using the cargo tie down gt page 212 rings in the cargo compartment floor gt Open both Velcro fasteners and remove the Passenger use of seats behind installed cargo cargo net net is restricted because of the footwell being gt Unroll and unfold the cargo net taken up by the net The upper and lower guide rods must ibly When the vehicle is loaded with objects that engage audibly extend beyond the seat backrests using a cargo net is particularly important For reasons of safety a cargo net should always be used when transporting cargo Attaching the cargo net Preparing the cargo net The cargo net can
376. t Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the collapsible spare wheel again gt Version 1 stow connector and the air hose behind flap gt Version 2 stow connector and the air hose in the lower section of the pump housing gt Stow the electric air pump in the designated place in the vehicle Lowering the vehicle Z Warning Pump up the collapsible spare wheel before lowering the vehicle You could otherwise damage the wheel rim gt Place the ratchet ring spanner onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AB are visible gt Turn the ratchet ring spanner until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side h TAN P40 10 5576 31 gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a crosswise pattern in the sequence indicated Q to The tightening torque must be 110 Ib ft 150 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked immediately after a wheel is changed The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position and store it together with the rest of the vehicle tool kit in the cargo compartment gt Transport the faulty wheel in the cargo compartment Further information on stowing the collapsible spare wheel gt page 246 When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure moni
377. t bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Roof lining use soft brushes or dry shampoo if it is particularly dirty gt Carpets use carpet and textile cleaners that have been approved and recommended by Mercedes Benz Vehicle equipment ee 244 After an accident cece 245 Where will find 00 eee 245 Flat tire c e 247 Battery noiae te meee erence se ssccee 253 Jump stanting osc eee eee 256 Towing and tow starting 258 FUSES coc ects E etee ees 260 Roadside Assistance E Roadside Assistance Pa Vehicle equipment Vehicle equipment This manual describes all the standard and optional equipment of your vehicle which was available at the time of purchase Country specific differences are possible Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also refers to safety related systems and functions Where will find ee After an accident Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle You are unable to determine the extent of the damage You cannot detect any damage The NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seats have been triggered Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of explosion or fire The fuel line or the fuel tank is faul
378. t carry out any of the steps mentioned the system may not be activated If you have any questions concerning activation please contact one of the following service hotlines e USA Response Center under 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service under 1 888 923 8367 An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered An automatically dialed mbrace emergency call cannot be canceled An emergency call can also be dialed manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The Connecting Call message appears in the multifunction display COMAND is muted Once a connection has been established the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display All important information on the emergency is compiled for example e current location of the vehicle as determined by the GPS system e vehicle model vehicle color e vehicle identification number A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated If the vehicle occupants are able to respond the Response Center will attempt to obtain more detailed information on the emergency If no vehicle occupant answers an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle Z Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously a
379. t corrosion and a reduction in the braking power of the parking brake observe the following e gently depress the parking brake from time to time before beginning the journey e drive approximately 110 yd 100 m without exceeding a speed of 12 mph 20 km h A Warning While performing this procedure please assure that the vehicle is stopped before applying the parking brake Otherwise the rear wheels could lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Make sure not to endanger any other road users when you engage the parking brake Driving tips Driving on wet roads Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning can occur you must drive in the following manner e Lower your speed e Avoid ruts e Brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic components in the engine or AUTOTRONIC Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles a
380. t see the cause A Warning You could be severely or even fatally injured when closing the sliding sunroof with increased closing force or if the anti entrapment feature is deactivated Make sure that nobody can become trapped when closing the sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force Opening and closing If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing again gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment feature Z Warning Pressing and holding the sliding sunroof switch to close the sliding sunroof immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the sliding sunroof to close without the anti entrapment feature for as long as you hold the switch cS m SJ0J41WU pue 294M Suliaa s syeas W 90 90 91 95 97 100 Memory functions 0 00 Steering wheel cceececeeeeeeee Mirrors ocana oer eee esses Correct driver s seat position Seats o e ee oes Vehicle e
381. tKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press remote operating switch for tailgate Q until the tailgate is closed You will hear an acoustic signal during the closing procedure Limiting the opening angle of the tailgate Important safety guidelines You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate This is possible in the top half of its opening range up to approximately 0 6 ft 20 cm before the stop Limiting the opening angle can be useful if there is not sufficient clearance above the open tailgate for example H Make sure there is sufficient clearance to open the tailgate fully when setting the opening angle The tailgate could otherwise be damaged Ideally set the opening angle outside Activating the tailgate gt To open the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate gt To stop the opening procedure at the desired position press the close button gt page 78 on the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again gt To store the position press and hold the closing button on the tailgate until you hear a short tone The opening angle limiter is activated The tailgate will now stop in the stored position when opening If you wish to open the tailgate fully pull the handle of the tailgate again after it has stopped automatically This does not delete the stored position Deactivating the tailgate gt Press and hold the closing button gt page 78 in the tailgate
382. ter The coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C A Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature display indicates that the coolant is overheated Example engine oil cap gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add the amount of oil required e do not remove the pressure cap on the Fill carefully to the maximum mark on the oil coolant reservoir if the coolant temperature dipstick is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down before removing the cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure e using a rag slowly turn the cap approximately turn to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise and allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank If the coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher when warm there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tan
383. tes 294 NOTES sscsccciesnesscsactavesecseenendeessneates 294 Refrigerant air conditioning SYSTEMI Suc does Mevicacevs cuss dened ceuecoseeetos 298 Washer fluid senisesse 299 Settings Factory on board computer 174 On board Computer ee eeeeeeeee 171 Shift ranges i 137 Side impact air bag 0 0 eee 39 Side marker lamp display message c e 185 Side windows Convenience closing feature 83 Convenience opening feature 83 Important safety information 81 Opening ClOSING cscsecccesssiseasesenseice 82 Resetting os ccccestscctensecctcaeesctesstteneess 84 Troubleshooting eeeesseesseeeeeees 84 Sliding sunroof Important safety information 85 Troubleshooting seser 88 see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing the battery ceeee 72 Changing the programming 71 Checking the battery 68 72 Convenience closing feature 83 Convenience opening feature 83 Display message eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 193 Important safety notes 0 68 Malfunction eneee Starting the engine Snow chains eee eeeeeeerteeeeeees SOCK Cb einsteini ninek D shb ard ssnnse nn Luggage compartment 006 217 Rear compartment seeeeeeeeeee 217 SOS see mbrace Spare wheel Notes data cs ssccc ccc esetackcscosesssseseaes Storage location SHOWING ics ssccsievatecsscac
384. the NAVI button on COMAND during the call Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Response Center and the vehicle occupants is established You can obtain information on how to operate your vehicle s systems on the location of the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and on further products and services offered by Mercedes Benz USA Further details on the mbrace system can be found under http www mbusa com Log in under Owners Online if the indicator lamp in MB info call button Q flashes continuously and no voice connection to the Response Center has been established then the mbrace system has failed to initiate an MB info call e g the corresponding mobile phone network is not available The Cal Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the G button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Call priority An emergency call can still be initiated even if a service call is currently active e g a Roadside Assistance call or an MB info call In this case an emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Response Center All other calls can be ended by pressing the button on the multifunction
385. the NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered in an accident you must reset the NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seat gt page 50 Otherwise the additional protection will not be available in the event of another rear end collision You can recognize that NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered by the fact that they have moved forwards and can no longer be adjusted A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Resetting triggered NECK PRO head restraints A Warning For safety reasons have the NECK PRO head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision A Warning When pushing back the NECK PRO head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failure to observe this could result in injuries Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints requires a lot of strength If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Press the base of the NECK PRO head restra
386. the SmartKey gt Secure the vehicle H Only lash the vehicle down by the wheels or wheel rims not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged Notes on 4MATIC vehicles H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission If the vehicle s transmission front or rear axle is damaged have the vehicle transported on a truck or trailer aa Fuses In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 256 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer Recovering a vehicle that has become stuck H Pull away smoothly slowly and in a straight line when pulling out a vehicle that has become stuck Excessive tractive power could damage the vehicles If the drive wheels have become stuck in loose or muddy ground pull the vehicle out with extreme caution particularly if it is laden Never attempt to recover a stuck vehicle with a trailer attached Pull out the vehicle backwards if possible using the tracks it made when it became stuck Important safety notes The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows
387. the direction of arrow 1 In the position the high beam headlamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running WW Djor A The 20 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam headlamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The 20 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the key in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch briefly in the direction of arrow Q Hazard warning lamps The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on e if an air bag is deployed e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of more than 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch on a turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corresponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q The hazard warning lamp switches off automatically after full brake application if the vehicle then reaches a speed above 6 mph 10 km h again The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off Headlamp cleaning system The headlamps are cleaned automati
388. the direction of the arrow gt Remove stowage tray 2 in the direction of the arrow W Lug wrench Towing eye Jack Fuse allocation chart Wheel bolts One pair of gloves Ratchet ring spanner Electric air pump Valve extractor Folding wheel chock Collapsible spare wheel Removing the collapsible spare wheel The collapsible spare wheel can be found in the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor gt Remove stowage well gt Turn retaining screw counter clockwise gt Remove collapsible spare wheel gt Take the wheel bolts for the collapsible spare wheel from the vehicle tool kit For further information on changing a wheel and mounting the spare wheel see gt page 247 Stowing a used collapsible spare wheel Take the following steps to stow a used collapsible spare wheel It will otherwise not fit in the spare wheel well Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Only place the collapsible spare wheel in the vehicle when it is dry Otherwise moisture may get into the vehicle gt Remove the valve extractor from the vehicle tool kit gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve gt Unscrew the valve insert from the valve and release the air Fully deflating the tire can take a few minutes gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw th
389. the event of an accident Special seat belt retractor Z Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 55 All seat belts in the vehicle except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt cannot slacken after being fastened Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the inertia reel gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor function is enabled gt Push down on the child restraint system to take up any slack Removing a child restraint system deactivating the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions gt Press the seat belt release button and guide the belt tongue to the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor function is deactivated A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors in the rear A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 55 A Warning Ch
390. the light switch to A Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low gt Add coolant observing the warning notes when doing so gt page 234 gt If coolant needs adding more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist workshop Display messages A Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H The coolant level is too low Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged The display messages and the corresponding symbol that indicate that the coolant level is too low must not be ignored Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying ae iia Hl attention to road and traffic conditions Engine Off gt Make sure that the air supply to the radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Wait until the display message disappears before restarting the engine There is otherwise a risk of engine damage gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The poly V belt may have torn gt Pull over and stop the vehicle saf
391. the same specification can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The coolant is checked at every service date at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentration in the cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the cooling system against freezing down to around 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively If the coolant level is too low MB 326 0 antifreeze corrosion inhibitor should be added Have the cooling system checked for leaks Windshield and headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned 39 Vehicles with the AMG Sports package gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt At temperatures above freezing add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water e g 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 of water gt At temperatures below freezing add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts washer fluid e g 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 of water MAER f Vehicle data GLK 350 The data quoted here refers specifically to a vehicle with standard equipment Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the d
392. ting 123 Air VEMS 255 solstscceccstes shoves ctatactestsetssenees 124 Glove DOX csciekiikisenl dean 125 Important safety information 124 ROOM E 125 Setting the center air vents 124 Setting the side air vents 124 Alarm system see ATA Anti lock Braking System see ABS Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti theft system ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 65 ASHI AY ipera ener ae 215 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 eee 65 ULOL TONA I E EEEE E 65 Switching off the alarm 0 65 Audio menu on board computer 168 AUTO lights see Light sensor Automatic car wash 0 eee 237 Automatic transmission Display message ceee 192 Diving tP Seere erise 136 Emergency running mode 139 KiCKGOWiiiexe Airey cvcenterces casivasteeess 136 MalfUnction ciescecsescccssvecseccasscacees 139 Program selector button 137 Pulling AWAY oo eee eeeeeseeeeseeeteeeaeeeees 131 Releasing the parking lock MAMNUAILY c cccscecesceeaceseceeeesececess 139 Selector IVER ssscceseecdessiaseseveavaders 134 SEAMEN S vsnscs speseacessaesseevencesesesstsbeneens 131 Trailer towing oeenn 136 B ne Backrest display message 193 Bag hook aocor isisisi 210 BAS Brake Assist System 62 Battery Charpin Eeen as 254 Checking SmartKey esee 72 Display message ceee 188 Important safety guidelines SmartKey
393. tivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you depress the parking brake e you are driving below 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise control off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored is cleared when you switch off the engine PARKTRONIC Important safety notes A Warning The PARKTRONIC is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object b0 ox To c on 2 m LJ Driving and parking PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D R or N e release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower
394. tly charged the rear window heating is activated again automatically Activating deactivating air recirculation mode You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from outside The air already inside the vehicle will then be recirculated A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press the button gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt To activate press the 6 amp o button The indicator lamp in the 6 amp aj button lights up Climate control E Setting the air vents Climate control A Air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures When air recirculation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp in the 6aj button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes gt To deactivate press the 62 button The indicator lamp in the 62a button goes out Air recirculation mode switches off automatically e after approximately five minutes if outside temperatures are under about 41 F 5 C e after approximately five minutes if cooling with air dehumidification is de
395. to 2 in fog The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to A J SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light With the engine running depending on the brightness of the ambient light the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically When the low beam headlamps are switched on the 2 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up 9 Only if daytime running lamps have been activated via the on board computer Exterior lighting Hee Lights and windshield wipers FA Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Head Fog lamps and rear fog lamps Front fog lamps Only vehicles with front fog lamps have the fog lamps function Z Warning If you suspect that driving conditions will be foggy turn the light switch to 2 before you start your journey Otherwise your vehicle may not be visible and you could endanger yourself and others gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or A gt Press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instrument cl
396. to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h Ww up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZRA up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 33 or M S for winter tires A Tire labeling The service specifications consists of load bearing index G and speed index e If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifications ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed index in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this example 97Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed index and the maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Every tire that has a maximum speed above 186 mph 300 km h must have ZR in the size description and the service specification must be given in brackets Example 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y The speed index Y shows that the maximum speed of the tire is above 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer to find out the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index
397. tor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning system tire pressure monitor when the defective wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with tire pressure monitor all mounted wheels must be equipped with functioning sensors and the defective wheel should no longer be in the vehicle Battery Important safety notes In order for the battery to achieve the maximum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged H Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Observe the service intervals in the Service Booklet or for further information consult a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the battery charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period To prevent damage from corrosion only replace the battery with one that has a central ventilation cover Only replace a battery with a battery that has been recommended by Mercedes Benz Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you wish to leave your vehicle parked up for a long period of time Battery eee A Warning Comply with safety precautions and take protective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire naked flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the battery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is ca
398. tractive power could otherwise damage the vehicles H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H On vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock and shift the automatic transmission to N Then turn the SmartKey back to 0 and leave it in the ignition lock H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with the front or rear axle raised This could otherwise damage the transmission The automatic transmission must be in position N while the vehicle is being towed The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise e you will not be able to turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e you will not be able to shift the automatic transmission to position N Vehicles with automatic transmission manually release the selector lever lock in position P gt page 139 Switch the automatic lock gt page 173 off before towing Otherwise you could lock yourself out of the vehicle when pushing or towing the vehicle Installing removing the towing eye Installing the towing eye Vehicles with a trailer tow hitch if possible fasten the towing mechanism to the trailer tow hitch gt page 156 gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit gt page 245 A Warning The
399. ts the steering wheel manually Page 150 26 isi 30 118 129 129 95 We 8 000000 Cockpit J OORO T lt I Function Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Combination switch Parking brake On board diagnostic socket Opens the hood Releases the parking brake Light switch ae S At a glance m A 8 10 4200 31 Page 95 104 142 232 142 102 Ata glance LJ P Instrument cluster Overview Function Fuel gauge Coolant temperature gauge Speedometer Segments Multifunction display Tachometer Outside temperature 1000 010 0 Outside temperature Additional speedometer Page 162 163 163 164 163 163 163 171 P54 32 8240 31 Function Page Gear indicator and drive program display 135 Clock 171 Brightness control knob for the instrument cluster lighting turn clockwise or anti clockwise instrument ctuster 27 Warning and indicator lamps 10 0101010 le oe Function High beam ESP OFF Low beam Turn signal ESRO Turn signal Rear fog lamp Tire pressure monitor SRS Page 104 198 103 104 198 104 104 202 199 0000000 P54 32 8241 31 Function Page ABS 197 Seat belt 196 Fog lamp 104 Coolant 201 Brakes USA only 195 Brakes Canada only 195 Engine diagnostics 200 Reserve fuel 200 At a glance 28 Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Ata
400. ture gt page 83 Overview of climate control systems Ree Control panel for the dual zone automatic climate control Function Sets the temperature left Sets climate control to automatic Switches climate control on off Switches the MONO ZONE function on off Switches maximum cooling MAX COOL on off 4 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off Defrosts the windshield Activates deactivates air recirculation mode Sets the temperature right Switches the rear window heating on off Increases the airflow 13 Only for Canada 14 Only for USA P83 40 4375 31 Notes tips Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Activate climate control using the auro and a c buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and a c buttons light up Activate climate control using the auro and a c buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and a c buttons light up Use the MONO function if you want to adopt the temperature and air distribution settings from the driver s side for the front passenger side The indicator lamp in the mono button lights up Activate climate control using the auro and a c buttons The indicator lamps in the auro and a c buttons light up Only use the defrosting function briefly until the windshield is clear again Only use air recirculation mod
401. ty noperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressures The tire pressure monitor is measuring the tire pressure will be displayed Drive on after driving a The tire pressures appear in the multifunction display after you few minutes have been driving for a few minutes ire Press Monitor The TPMS is faulty noperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Tire Pressure The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor Monitor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated noperative No gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors Wheel Sensors The TPMS is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes Display messages ese Display messages Check Tires Caution Tire Malfunction Correct Tire Pressure Tire Press Sensor s Missing Tire Press Monitor Currently Unavailable Tire Press Warning Caution Tire Malfunction Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Correct the tire pressure gt page 271 gt If necessary change a wheel gt page 280 A Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is displ
402. ty gt Immediately turn the key to position 0 gt page 129 in the ignition lock and remove it gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Start the engine as normal Your vehicle has been involved in a rear end collision gt Reset the triggered NECK PRO head restraints gt page 50 Where will I find Vehicle tool kit First aid kit gt Open the tailgate The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor Vehicles without a spare wheel are not equipped with the tools needed to change a wheel when they leave the factory e g jack or lug wrench Some tools for changing a wheel are specific to the vehicle To obtain tools approved for your vehicle visit a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt To remove the cargo compartment stowage trays lift up the floor of the cargo gt Remove first aid kit from the parcel net Compartment gt page 212 Check the expiration date on the first aid kit at least once a year Replace the contents if necessary and replace missing contents oO Oo Oo 2 lt oO N ge se a4 Pil Where will I find gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up gt page 212 Roadside Assistance P68 00 5739 31 gt Remove stowage tray Q in
403. ty look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Wash thoroughly with a damp cloth or use a leather care agent that has been recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning real wood and trim strips gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim strips with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners polishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish for trim strips The trim strips have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and b Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim strips Chrome polish can be used to remove very heavy soiling from trim strips which you are sure are made of chrome If you are unsure as to whether a trim strip is chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Cleaning the seat covers H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean genuine l
404. type child seat seat does not get trapped Otherwise the mount ISOFIX child restraint system and the seat belt could be damaged rear seat This can further reduce the risk of injury The Top Tether anchorages are located on the rear of the rear seat backrests Installation instruction Q indicates the installation point of securing ring gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system Comply with the manufacturer s instructions when installing the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system Top Tether A Warning Observe Important safety notes B91202272 gt page 55 gt Move head restraint Q upwards A Warning gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child Always lock the rear seat backrests in their restraint system with Top Tether Always upright position when the rear seats are comply with the manufacturer s occupied by passengers Lock the rear seat installation instructions backrests in their upright position before gt Route Top Tether belt under the head installing the Top Tether straps or when the cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that rear seat backrests are secured properly by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests restraint Q between both head restraint bars gt Route Top Tether belt downwards If the seat backrest is not locked properly the between the cargo compartment cover seat backrest could fold forward The child and rear seat backrest restraint system is
405. uck e a slanted post In such cases you should not use the guide lines to judge the distance You may misjudge the distance which increases the risk of impacting the objects Even if the object you approach is directly on the ground do not approach the object any closer than the red guide line b0 a a ge c on 2 m a Towing a trailer H Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case f Damage of this sort is not covered by the 5 Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full vel contact with the ground S d in wintry driving conditions the maximum P54 65 3644 31 effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary and parking bg Guide lines and show the approximate distance from the rear of the vehicle Yellow Drivi guide line 2 indicates a distance of H When testing the parking brake operate approximately 3 ft 1 m and red guide line the vehicle only briefly for a maximum of indicates a distance of approximately ten seconds ona brake test dynamometer 10 in 0 25 m The distances only apply to When doing this turn the key to position objects at ground level Blue guide line 0 or 1 in the ignition Failure to do this can depicts the width required
406. until you hear two short tones Tailgate emergency release If the tailgate can no longer be opened from outside the vehicle use the emergency release on the inside of the tailgate gt Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 7 1 To open the tailgate completely a minimum clearance of 6 90 ft 210 cm above the ground is necessary H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate gt Insert mechanical key 2 into opening in trim gt Turn mechanical key 2 90 clockwise gt Push mechanical key 2 in the direction of arrow and open the tailgate Important safety notes A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment ste
407. upied on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Ea Occupant safety Safety BabySmart air bag deactivation system How the air bag deactivation system functions The BabySmart system is standard equipment in Canada A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained on the rear seats than on the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you always secure children in the rear seats Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized child restraint system or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Secure the infant restraint system or child restraint system using e the vehicle s seat belt e the seat belt and a Top Tether belt e the LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and a Top Tether belt The child restraint system must be installed and secured correctly observing the manufacturer s installation instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Observe the following important infor
408. ur vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use tires wheels and accessories which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehicle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original AMG Only use Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz If you use other tires wheels and accessories Mercedes Benz cannot accept any responsibility for damage that may result from this Further information about tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center
409. uster lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Rear fog lamp gt To switch on the rear fog lamp turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 Jor A When the light switch is set to A the rear fog lamp only lights up if the low beam headlamps are switched on gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Combination switch Turn signals High beam headlamps Right turn signal High beam flasher Left turn signal gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow 2 or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the key in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in
410. ustic Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing in particular gloves an apron and a face mask Immediately rinse acid splashes off with clean water Consult a doctor if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual 0 Environmental note Do not dispose of batteries in the household rubbish Dispose of defective batteries in an environmentally responsible manner Take them to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or to a special collection point for old batteries A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death gt D Z Roadside Assistance A Battery Roadside Assistance Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Z Warning Do not place any metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic cl
411. ut have them replaced at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required b gt peal Changing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers L Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs A Warning Bulbs and lamps can be very hot You should therefore allow them to cool down before you change them Otherwise you could be burned if you touch them Keep bulbs out of the reach of children Otherwise they could damage the bulbs for example and injure themselves Never use a bulb which has been dropped Such a bulb may break or even explode and injure you Halogen bulbs are pressurized and can explode when you change them particularly if they are very hot You should therefore wear eye protection and gloves when you are changing them There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 108 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz C
412. ut if they have been folded in manually Exterior mirror out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exterior mirrors only vehicles for Canada press the mirror folding button gt page 98 repeatedly until you hear the mirror engage in position The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 97 Automatic anti glare mirrors A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example when transporting cargo which covers the rear window Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the ignition is switched on and incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or the interior lighting is switched on Parking position for the exterior mirror on the fro
413. ve the notes on the jack P40 10 5573 31 gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one Flat tire es full turn Do not unscrew the bolts completely The jacking points for the jack are located behind the wheel housings of the front wheels and in front of the wheel housings of the rear wheels arrows A P40 10 5416 31 A Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points The jack saddle must be placed centrally under the jacking point If you do not position the jack correctly in the jacking point the vehicle can fall off the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others H The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged gt Take ratchet ring spanner out of the vehicle tool kit and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AUF are visible z i DEN P40 10 5574 31 gt Position jack 8 at jacking point pa Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance P40 00 2138 31 gt Make sure that the base of the jack is positioned directly under the jacking point gt Turn ratchet ring spanner 4 until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn ratchet ring spanner until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 inches 3 cm off the gr
414. vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed gt Keep the cruise control lever pressed until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is stored Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For example if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished overtaking Setting in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down 2 for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Setting in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever beyond the pressure point up Q for a higher speed or down for a lower speed The last speed stored is increased or reduced Driving systems Bie Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deac
415. ving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you use the telephone 8 while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the audio system or COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others 18 Observe all legal requirements Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel observe the following notes gt Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures gt Remove unnecessary cargo gt Remove the roof rack when not in use gt Maintain a low engine speed until the engine is warm gt Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration gt Have all maintenance work performed at the service intervals specified in the Service Booklet or indicated by the service interval indicator Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Drinking and driving Z Warning Drin
416. while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off Z Warning The windshield wipers and wiper linkage could be set in motion When the hood is open you or others could be injured by the wiper linkage Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off Remove the SmartKey or make sure that no ignition position has been selected with KEYLESS GO All indicator lamps must be off in the instrument cluster gt Pull release lever 1 on the hood The hood is released H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch handle 2 up and lift the hood Closing the hood A Warning When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 inches 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little
417. wipers Combination switch Intermittent wipe low e Intermittent wipe high Continuous wipe slow Continuous wipe fast H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust When you stop the vehicle the wipers that has collected on the windshield rear wipe more slowly 11 Rain sensor set to low sensitivity 12 Rain sensor set to high sensitivity tn Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers Ll H Vehicles with a rain sensor if the windshield becomes dirty in dry weather conditions the windshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather Vehicles with a rain sensor in the or position the appropriate wiping frequency is automatically set according to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wipers to wipe more frequently Intermittent wiping is interrupted when you stop the vehicle and open a front door This prevents a person from being splashed inadvertently when getting into or out of the vehicle Intermittent wiping continues when all doors are closed and e you shift AUTOTRONIC to drive position D o
418. wipers LL Changing bulbs gt Left hand headlamp fasten the washer fluid reservoir gt page 110 gt Install the headlamp cover gt page 109 Changing the rear bulbs Opening closing the side trim You must open the side trim panel in the cargo compartment before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps Left hand side trim panel Right hand side trim panel gt To open turn release knob Q 90 in the direction of the arrow and remove side trim panel 2 gt To close insert side trim panel and turn release knob Q 90 in the opposite direction to the arrow Tail lamp gt Switch off the lights gt Open the cargo compartment gt Open the side trim panel gt page 112 gt Pull out connector 2 gt Press retaining lugs Q simultaneously in the direction of the arrow and pull the bulb holder out 82 10 5458 31 Bulb holder without LED turn signal lamp Tail lamp braking lamp Turn signals Backup lamp Rear fog lamp tail lamp Side marker lamp gt Lightly press the corresponding bulb into the holder turn it counter clockwise and remove it from the bulb holder gt Insert the corresponding new bulb into the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Attach the bulb holder and press firmly The retaining lugs on the bulb holder engage audibly Windshield wipers gt Insert the connector window can scratch the glass if wiping gt Close the
419. wise it could be There are four cargo tie down rings in the damaged cargo compartment and two cargo tie down rings in the rear footwells 4 gt Fold seat backrest 1 back until it engages Red lock verification indicator is no longer visible A Warning If a red indicator is visible with the seat backrest up then the seat backrest is not properly locked into position Always lock seat backrest in its upright position when rear seat bench is occupied or the expanded cargo volume is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment 24 Canada only Fal Stowage areas You can fold up the solid section of the cargo compartment cover approximately 45 to facilitate loading the cargo compartment Extending retracting the luggage compartment cover Cargo tie down rings in the rear footwells Canada only Bag hooks H The bag hook can bear a maximum load of 11 Ibs 5 kg Do not use it to secure a baal Loading stowing and features load There is one bag hook on the left side wallin gt To extend pull cargo
420. witch the right hand front reading lamp on off To switch the front interior lighting Lights and windshield wiper a short time but is automatically switched off on off after no more than three minutes 4 To switch the left hand front reading lamp on off Front reading lamps Headlamps fogged up onthe inside Front interior lighting The headlamps may fog up on the inside if there is high atmospheric humidity gt Drive with the headlamps switched on The headlamps clear up after a short distance If the moisture does not disappear the headlamp casing is not sealed correctly and moisture has been able to enter gt Have the headlamps checked at a qualified specialist workshop Rear compartment overhead control panel 4 To switch the right hand reading lamp on off To switch the left hand reading lamp on off Important notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time except for when the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock Automatic interior lighting control gt To switch on off press the a button When the automatic interior lighting control is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle
421. wn the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side gt Pull or push the sun visor in the direction of the arrow Ashtray in the cockpit There is a stowage space under the ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit cigarettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged ae A ae D Loading stowing and features gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt To remove the insert hold insert 3 by the ribbing at the sides and lift it up and out 2 ee Features gt To refit the insert press insert into the holder until it engages gt To close press cover Q briefly at the front The cover moves back Ashtray in the rear compartment oading stowing and features j gt To open pull cover out by its top edge gt To remove the insert press release button G and lift the insert up and out gt To re insert the insert replace insert 4 from above gt Press insert into the holder until it engages Cigarette lighter A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked veh
422. wo seconds then release it for two seconds then press it again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on transmitter button of the garage door remote control until the frequency signal has been learned gt If the setup procedure is successful indicator lamp flashes once slowly and goes out after a few seconds gt Continue with the other programming steps see above Problems when programming If you have problems when programming the integrated remote control please note the following e check the transmitter frequency of garage door remote control which can usually be found on the rear of the remote control The integrated remote control is compatible with equipment that operates in the frequency range 280 to 390 MHz e replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the likelihood of garage door remote control sending a strong and precise signal to the integrated remote control on the rear view mirror e When aiming the garage door remote control at the transmitter buttons on the rear view mirror hold garage door remote control at differing distances and angles from the transmitter button that you are Clearing the remote control memory programming Try different angles froma 2 a a distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm or the same angle from differing distances e If there is another garage door remote control for the same device perform the gn j programming
423. xhaust gas aftertreatment this is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Follow the instructions in the service interval display regarding the oil change Otherwise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL The table shows which engines oil have been approved for your vehicle Model Engine MB model Approval GLK 35038 UR 229 5 GLK 350 4MATIC 272 229 5 MB Approval is stated on the containers Lubricant additives H Do not mix any lubricant additives with the engine oil This could damage the engine Damage resulting from the use of such lubricant additives in the engine oil is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil viscosity Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Using the table below make sure that the SAE classification viscosity is sufficient for the temperatures at which the vehicle is operated The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g by aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore recommended that you carry out oil changes regularly using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification P Technical data Ld Technical data 15W 50 20W 50 P18 00 2287 31 Refrigerant of the air conditioning system The air conditioni
424. y Make sure you always use the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 275 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 1 Combined maximum 1500 lbs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs weight of occupants 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 2 Number of people in 5 3 1 the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the Front 2 Front 1 Front 1 occupants Rear 3 Rear 2 Loading the vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Weight of the Occupant 1 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 occupants 150 Ibs 68 kg 200 lbs 91 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg Gross weight of all 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg occupants Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible cargo 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs and trailer load 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg noseweight 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 lbs 68 kg maximum gross 750 lbs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs vehicle weight rating 340 kg 435 kg 612 kg from the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants Tires and wheels The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Further information can be found
425. y flashing for 60 seconds and then remaining lit When the malfunction has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after driving for a few minutes Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those measured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure values indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio transmitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be operated in or near the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must withstand any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Unauthorized modifications to the device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Checking tire pressure electronically gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 gt page 129 in the ignition loc
426. y and replace it if necessary gt page 72 The SmartKey is faulty gt Lock the vehicle as described in the Locking the vehicle mechanical key section gt page 77 or unlock it using the mechanical key gt page 71 gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop KEYLESS GO is in standby mode because the vehicle has not been unlocked for an extended period gt Pull the door handle and then turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock There is a malfunction with KEYLESS GO gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the _ button gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the _ button gt Have the SmartKey canceled at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well ors 25 Problem The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey Possible causes con
427. y differ to that of the damaged wheel When using an emergency spare wheel spare wheel the handling characteristics of the vehicle may change Adapt your style of driving accordingly Never operate the vehicle with more than one emergency spare wheel spare wheel that differs in size Only use an emergency spare wheel spare wheel of a differing size briefly and do not switch off ESP When using an emergency spare wheel you must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Warning Have the emergency spare wheel spare wheel replaced with a new wheel as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Mercedes Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose In particular work relevant to safety or on safety related systems must be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles without an emergency spare wheel spare wheel are not equipped with wheel changing tools at the factory For more information on which tools are required to perform a wheel change on your vehicle e g wheel chock alignment bolt or lug wrench consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center pes Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance gt Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 247 gt If a trailer is coupled to the vehicle uncouple it gt Remove the following items from the stowage well und
428. y messages W Check Left Corner g Lite or Right Corner g Lite Os Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam W Chk Trailer Lt Tail Lamp or Chk Trailer Rt Tail Lamp Check Trailer Lt Turn Sig or Chk Trailer Rt Turn Sig Os Chk Trailer Brake Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand cornering light is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself gt page 107 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand trailer tail light is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand trailer turn signal lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The trailer brake lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop On board computer and displays od Display messages Oo On board computer and displays Display messages O Turn Signal Rear Left or Chk Rear Rt Turn Signal W Chk Froni Lit Turn Signal or Front right indicator W Check Signal or Check
429. your driving style to suit the prevailing road conditions weather conditions and to the non operating status of ESP H Avoid spinning a drive wheel for an extended period with ESP switched off This could cause serious damage to the drive train gt To activate press button Q The amp warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out ESP trailer stabilization If your trailer begins to lurch you can only stabilize the vehicle trailer combination by depressing the brake firmly In this situation ESP assists you and can detect if the trailer begins to lurch ESP slows the vehicle down by braking and limiting the engine output until the vehicle trailer combination has stabilized Trailer stabilization is active from a speed above 40 mph 65 km h A Warning The system will not be able to assist when the trailer jackknifes e if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e on wet or icy roads e on roads with slippery surface e in sand or gravel Trailers with a high center of gravity may tip over before the system recognizes swaying of the trailer Trailer stabilization does not work if ESP is deactivated or disabled because of a malfunction EBD A Warning Observe Important safety notes gt page 61 EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking A Warning If the EBD malfuncti
430. z for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points built into both sides of the vehicle The jack saddle must be placed centrally under the jacking point The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always firmly engage the parking brake and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also obser

Mercedes-Benz 2011 C300 Sport Sedan Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents